U.S. patent application number 12/143231 was filed with the patent office on 2009-08-27 for jnk inhibitors.
Invention is credited to Gurpreet BHATIA, Piotr GRACZYK, Yoichi IIMURA, Afzal KHAN.
Application Number | 20090215771 12/143231 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 32966154 |
Filed Date | 2009-08-27 |
United States Patent
Application |
20090215771 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
GRACZYK; Piotr ; et
al. |
August 27, 2009 |
JNK INHIBITORS
Abstract
The present invention provides novel compounds of formula I and
their use in the inhibition of c-Jun N-terminal kinases. The
present invention further provides the use of these compounds in
medicine, in particular in the prevention and/or treatment of
neurodegenerative disorders related to apoptosis and/or
inflammation. ##STR00001##
Inventors: |
GRACZYK; Piotr; (London,
GB) ; KHAN; Afzal; (London, GB) ; BHATIA;
Gurpreet; (London, GB) ; IIMURA; Yoichi;
(London, GB) |
Correspondence
Address: |
WILMERHALE/BOSTON
60 STATE STREET
BOSTON
MA
02109
US
|
Family ID: |
32966154 |
Appl. No.: |
12/143231 |
Filed: |
June 20, 2008 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
10548163 |
May 9, 2006 |
7432375 |
|
|
PCT/US2004/000944 |
Mar 5, 2004 |
|
|
|
12143231 |
|
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
514/234.5 ;
435/15; 435/184; 514/300; 544/127; 546/112 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61P 17/06 20180101;
A61P 25/08 20180101; A61P 39/02 20180101; A61P 3/08 20180101; A61P
25/00 20180101; A61P 25/18 20180101; A61P 13/12 20180101; A61P
17/12 20180101; A61P 25/28 20180101; C07D 471/04 20130101; A61P
25/16 20180101; A61P 19/00 20180101; A61P 35/00 20180101; A61P 1/04
20180101; A61P 43/00 20180101; A61P 29/00 20180101; A61P 37/02
20180101; A61P 19/02 20180101; A61P 21/00 20180101; A61P 1/00
20180101; A61P 5/14 20180101; A61P 31/00 20180101; A61P 37/08
20180101; A61P 7/04 20180101; A61P 9/10 20180101; A61P 1/16
20180101; A61P 1/18 20180101; A61P 11/00 20180101; A61P 37/06
20180101; A61P 7/02 20180101; A61P 7/06 20180101; A61P 11/06
20180101; A61P 3/10 20180101; A61P 21/04 20180101; A61P 9/00
20180101; A61P 25/02 20180101; A61P 17/02 20180101; A61P 25/14
20180101; A61P 9/02 20180101 |
Class at
Publication: |
514/234.5 ;
546/112; 435/184; 514/300; 544/127; 435/15 |
International
Class: |
C07D 487/04 20060101
C07D487/04; C12N 9/99 20060101 C12N009/99; A61K 31/4353 20060101
A61K031/4353; A61K 31/5377 20060101 A61K031/5377; A61P 25/00
20060101 A61P025/00; A61P 25/18 20060101 A61P025/18; A61P 1/00
20060101 A61P001/00; A61P 25/28 20060101 A61P025/28; C12Q 1/48
20060101 C12Q001/48 |
Foreign Application Data
Date |
Code |
Application Number |
Mar 6, 2003 |
GB |
0305144.8 |
Jul 17, 2003 |
GB |
0316814.3 |
Jul 18, 2003 |
GB |
0316952.1 |
Claims
1. A compound of formula (I): ##STR00236## or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R.sup.1 is an optionally
substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group, wherein the
optionally substituted heterocyclyl group of R.sup.1 is optionally
fused to form a partially saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated
five to seven membered ring containing zero to three heteroatoms,
and each substitutable carbon atom in R.sup.1, including the
optional fused ring, is optionally and independently substituted by
one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.3, (CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.3.sub.2, OR.sup.3,
SR.sup.3, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3,
NR.sup.3CONR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3,
NR.sup.3CO.sub.2R.sup.3, CO.sub.2R.sup.3, COR.sup.3,
CONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.3, SONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.3,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.3.sub.2, or NR.sup.3S(O).sub.2R.sup.3 wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more insertions
selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.3)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.4.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.4, .dbd.NNR.sup.4COR.sup.4,
.dbd.NNR.sup.4CO.sub.2R.sup.4, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.4, or
.dbd.NR.sup.4; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.1 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.5, COR.sup.5, SO.sub.2R.sup.5 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.5; wherein R.sup.2 is a optionally substituted
six-membered carbocyclyl group or a five-membered heterocyclyl
group containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected
from S or O, or six-membered heterocyclyl group containing from 1
to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S or O, and wherein
the optionally substituted carbocyclyl or five- or six-membered
heterocyclyl group is optionally fused to a partially saturated,
unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered ring
containing zero to three heteroatoms, and each substitutable carbon
or heteroatom in R.sup.2 including the optional fused ring, is
optionally and independently substituted by one or more of halogen,
C.sub.1-12 alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl,
haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.7,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.7.sub.2, OR.sup.7, SR.sup.7, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.7.sub.2, NR.sup.7COR.sup.7, NR.sup.7CONR.sup.7.sub.2,
NR.sup.7COR.sup.7, NR.sup.7CO.sub.2R.sup.7, CO.sub.2R.sup.7,
COR.sup.7, CONR.sup.7.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.7, SONR.sup.7.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.7, SO.sub.2NR.sup.7.sub.2, or NR.sup.7S(O).sub.2R.sup.7
wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more
insertions selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.7)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.8.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.8, .dbd.NNR.sup.8COR.sup.8,
.dbd.NNR.sup.8CO.sub.2R.sup.8, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.8, or
.dbd.NR.sup.8; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.2 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.9, COR.sup.9, SO.sub.2R.sup.9 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.9; wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3;
preferably, wherein each substitutable carbon or hetero-atom in
R.sup.2 is optionally and independently substituted by one or more
of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, OR.sup.10, SR.sup.10, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.10.sub.2, NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NR.sup.10CONR.sup.10.sub.2,
NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NHCO.sub.2R.sup.10, CO.sub.2R.sup.10,
COR.sup.10, CONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.10,
SONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.10, SO.sub.2NR.sup.10.sub.2, or
NR.sup.10S(O).sub.2R.sup.10; E is hydrogen, halogen, cyano,
C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, G is hydrogen, halogen, cyano,
C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, L is hydrogen, halogen, cyano,
C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl; wherein n is 1 to 6,
preferably n is 1, 2 or 3; wherein R.sup.3 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, halogen,
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.6, SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6,
wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or
two insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein two
R.sup.3 in NR.sup.3.sub.2 may optionally form a partially
saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered
ring containing one to three heteroatoms, optionally and
independently substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
halogen, C.sub.1-6haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
CO.sub.2R.sup.6COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6,
SONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.6, SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.4 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-2
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6,
SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6,
NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6,
NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6, COR.sup.6,
CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, S(O)R.sup.6,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.5 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.6 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-16 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.10 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.7 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, halogen,
C.sub.1-6haloalkyl, OR.sup.11, SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein two R.sup.7 in NR.sup.7.sub.2 may
optionally form a partially saturated, unsaturated or fully
saturated five to seven membered ring containing one to three
heteroatoms, optionally and independently substituted by one or
more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.11,
SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.8 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.11, SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11COR.sup.11, NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11COR.sup.11, NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11,
COR.sup.11, CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, S(O)R.sup.11,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.9 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; and wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl.
2. A compound of formula (I) as claimed in claim 1, wherein R.sup.1
is an optionally substituted five- or six-membered carbocyclyl or
heterocyclyl group wherein the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group is
optionally fused to form one or more unsaturated rings.
3. A compound as claimed in claim 1 wherein R.sup.1 is selected
from optionally substituted phenyl, acridine, benzimidazole,
benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, cyclohexyl,
furan, imidazole, indole, isoindole, isoquinoline, isoxazole,
isothiazole, morpholine, naphthaline, oxazole, phenazine,
phenothiazine, phenoxazine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazole,
pyridazine, pyridine, pyrrole, quinoline, quinolizine,
tetrahydrofuran, tetrazine, tetrazole, thiophene, thiazole,
thiomorpholine, thianaphthalene, thiopyran, triazine, triazole and
trithiane.
4. A compound as claimed in claim 1 wherein R.sup.1 is substituted
with one or more of OR.sup.12, halogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.2-6
alkenyl, C.sub.2-6 alkynyl, haloalkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkylaryl,
C.sub.1-6 alkylheterocyclyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.12,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.12.sub.2, SR.sup.12, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.12.sub.2, NHC(O)R.sup.12, NHS(O).sub.2R.sup.12,
CO.sub.2R.sup.12, COR.sup.12, CONR.sup.12.sub.2,
S(O).sub.2R.sup.12, S(O)R.sup.12 or SO.sub.2NR.sup.12.sub.2;
wherein R.sup.12 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-4 alkyl or aryl preferably
phenyl, or heterocyclyl preferably pyridine, and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
or 6.
5. A compound of formula (I) as claimed in claim 1, wherein R.sup.2
is selected from optionally substituted phenyl, cyclohexyl,
acridine, benzimidazole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzoxazole,
benzothiazole, indole, isoindole, indolizine, indazole, isoindole,
isoquinoline, morpholine, napthalene, phenazine, phenothiazine,
phenoxazine, piperazine, piperidine, pyridazine, pyridine,
pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoline,
quinolizine, tetrazine, thiomorpholine, thianaphthalene, thiopyran,
triazine, trithiane, and furan.
6. A compound as claimed in claim 1, wherein R.sup.2 is a
six-membered carbocyclyl or heterocycyl group, optionally
substituted with one or more of OR.sup.17, NR.sup.17.sub.2,
SR.sup.17, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.17,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.17.sub.2, halogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
C.sub.2-6 alkenyl, C.sub.2-6 alkynyl, haloalkyl, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.17C(O)R.sup.17, NR.sup.17S(O).sub.2R.sup.17,
CO.sub.2R.sup.17, COR.sup.17CONR.sup.17.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.17,
S(O)R.sup.17 or SO.sub.2NR.sup.17.sub.2; wherein R.sup.17 is
hydrogen, C.sub.1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl or aryl preferably phenyl,
and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.
7. A compound as claimed in claim 1 wherein R.sup.2 is a group
##STR00237## wherein A, X, Y or Z are independently selected from
O, C and S and M is C, wherein one, two, three or four of A, X, Y
and Z is other than C, preferably R.sup.2 is furan, or thiophene;
R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24 or R.sup.25 are independently selected
from a lone electron pair, hydrogen, halogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl,
haloalkyl, OR.sup.26, SR.sup.26, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.26.sub.2,
NR.sup.26CONR.sup.26, NR.sup.26COR.sup.26,
NR.sup.26CO.sub.2R.sup.26, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.26,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.26.sub.2, CO.sub.2R.sup.26, COR.sup.26,
CONR.sup.26.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.26, SONR.sup.26.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.26, S.sub.2NR.sup.26.sub.2, or NHS(O).sub.2R.sup.26;
wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3; or wherein any two
of R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24 or R.sup.25 may optionally form a
partially saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven
membered ring containing zero to three heteroatoms, each saturated
carbon in the optional fused ring is further optionally and
independently substituted with one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, OR.sup.26, SR.sup.26, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.26.sub.2, NR.sup.26CONR.sup.26.sub.2, NR.sup.26COR.sup.26,
NR.sup.26CO.sub.2R.sup.26, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.26,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.26.sub.2, CO.sub.2R.sup.26, COR.sup.26,
CONR.sup.26.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.26, SONR.sup.26.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.26, SO.sub.2NR.sup.26.sub.2, or
NR.sup.26S(O).sub.2R.sup.26; and each saturated carbon in the
optional fused ring is further optionally and independently
substituted by .dbd.O, .dbd.S, NNR.sup.27.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.27,
.dbd.NNR.sup.27COR.sup.27, .dbd.NNR--CO.sub.2R.sup.27,
.dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.27, or .dbd.NR.sup.27; and each substitutable
nitrogen atom in R.sup.1 is optionally substituted by R.sup.28,
COR.sup.28, SO.sub.2R.sup.28 or CO.sub.2R.sup.28; wherein n is 1 to
6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3; wherein R.sup.26 is hydrogen,
C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally
substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen,
C.sub.1-6haloalkyl, OR.sup.29, SR.sup.29, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.29R.sup.29, NR.sup.29CONR.sup.29R.sup.29,
NR.sup.29COR.sup.29, NR.sup.29CO.sub.2R.sup.29, CO.sub.2R.sup.29,
COR.sup.29, CONR.sup.29.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.29,
SONR.sup.29.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.29, SO.sub.2NR.sup.29R.sup.29,
NR.sup.29S(O).sub.2R.sup.29, wherein the C.sub.1-2 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.29)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.29 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.27 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.29, SR.sup.29, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.29R.sup.29,
NR.sup.29COR.sup.29, NR.sup.29CONR.sup.29R.sup.29,
NR.sup.29CO.sub.2R.sup.29, CO.sub.2R.sup.29, COR.sup.29,
CONR.sup.29.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.29, S(O)R.sup.29,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.29R.sup.29, NR.sup.29S(O).sub.2R.sup.29, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.29)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.29
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.28 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl or
C.sub.6-12 aryl; and wherein R.sup.29 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl.
8. A compound of formula (I) as claimed in claim 7 wherein
R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24 or R.sup.25 are independently selected
from a lone electron pair, hydrogen, halogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
haloalkyl, OR.sup.30, SR.sup.30, CN, NR.sup.30.sub.2
NR.sup.30COR.sup.30, CO.sub.2R.sup.30, COR.sup.30,
CONR.sup.30.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.30, or S(O)R.sup.30; wherein
R.sup.30 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl
or carbocyclyl, preferably phenyl.
9. A compound of formula (I) selected from the group consisting of:
##STR00238## ##STR00239## ##STR00240## ##STR00241## ##STR00242##
##STR00243## ##STR00244## ##STR00245## ##STR00246## ##STR00247##
##STR00248## ##STR00249## ##STR00250## ##STR00251## ##STR00252##
##STR00253## ##STR00254## ##STR00255## ##STR00256##
##STR00257##
10. A process for the manufacture of a compound of formula (I) as
claimed in claim 1 comprising removal of group R.sup.40 from an
intermediate (III) ##STR00258## wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, and
L are as defined in claim 1; and R.sup.40 is an amino protecting
group.
11. A process as claimed in claim 10 wherein R.sup.40 is
R.sup.31SO.sub.2, R.sup.31C(O), R.sup.31.sub.3Si,
R.sup.31OCH.sub.2, (R.sup.31).sub.2NSO.sub.2,
(R.sup.31).sub.2NC(O), R.sup.31OC(O), R.sup.31(R.sup.31O)CH,
R.sup.31CH.sub.2CH.sub.2, R.sup.31CH.sub.2, PhC(O)CH.sub.2,
CH.sub.2.dbd.CH, ClCH.sub.2CH.sub.2, Ph.sub.3C,
Ph.sub.2(4-pyridyl)C, Me.sub.2N, HO--CH.sub.2, R.sup.31OCH.sub.2,
(R.sup.31).sub.3SiOCH.sub.2, (R.sup.31O).sub.2CH,
t-BuOC(O)CH.sub.2, Me.sub.2NCH.sub.2, or tetrahydropyranylamine,
wherein R.sup.31 is C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.6-12 aryl.
12. A compound of formula (III) ##STR00259## wherein R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in claim 1 and R.sup.40 is a
nitrogen protecting group selected from R.sup.31SO.sub.2,
R.sup.31C(O), R.sup.31.sub.3Si, R.sup.31OCH.sub.2,
(R.sup.31).sub.2NSO.sub.2, (R.sup.31).sub.2NC(O), R.sup.31OC(O),
R.sup.31(R.sup.31O)CH, R.sup.31CH.sub.2CH.sub.2, R.sup.31CH.sub.2,
PhC(O)CH.sub.2, CH.dbd.CH, ClCH.sub.2CH.sub.2, Ph.sub.3C,
Ph.sub.2(4-pyridyl)C, Me.sub.2N, HO--CH.sub.2, R.sup.31OCH.sub.2,
(R.sup.31).sub.3SiOCH.sub.2, (R.sup.31O).sub.2CH,
t-BuOC(O)CH.sub.2, Me.sub.2NCH.sub.2, or tetrahydropyranylamine,
wherein R.sup.31 is C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.6-12 aryl.
13. A process for the manufacture of a compound of formula (III)
comprising a) reaction of a compound of formula (II) with stannane
R.sup.1--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the presence of a palladium catalyst
or b) reaction of a compound of formula (II) with boronic acid or
ester R.sup.1--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in a presence of a suitable
palladium catalyst or c) reaction of a compound of formula (II)
with silane R.sup.1--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in the presence of a
palladium catalyst; ##STR00260## wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, L
and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 10; X is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3; R.sup.32 is independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl;
R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein
two R.sup.33 groups together optionally form a five, six- or
seven-membered ring with the boron and oxygen atoms, wherein the
ring is optionally substituted with one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl
group; and R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH.
14. A process as claimed in claim 13 wherein the catalyst is
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), or Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
15. A process for the manufacture of a compound of formula (II)
comprising protection of the pyrrole nitrogen. ##STR00261## wherein
R.sup.2 is an optionally substituted five or six membered
heterocyclyl group or an optionally substituted six membered
carbocyclyl group; E, G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 10
and X is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
16. A compound of formula (II) ##STR00262## wherein R.sup.2 is an
optionally substituted five or six membered heterocyclyl group or
an optionally substituted six membered carbocyclyl group; E, G, and
L are as defined in claim 1 and R.sup.40 is an amino protecting
group; and X is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
17. A process for the manufacture of a compound of formula (IV)
comprising desilylation of a compound of formula (V) ##STR00263##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, a L and X are as defined in claim 15; and
wherein R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl F, or OH.
18. A compound of formula (IV) ##STR00264## wherein R.sup.2, E, G,
and L and X are as defined in claim 15.
19. A process for the manufacture of a compound of formula (I) as
claimed in claim 1 comprising a) reaction of a compound of formula
(IV) with stannane R.sup.1--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the presence of a
palladium catalyst or b) reaction of a compound of formula (IV)
with boronic acid or ester R.sup.1--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in a
presence of a suitable palladium catalyst or c) reaction of a
compound of formula (IV) with silane R.sup.1--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in
the presence of a palladium catalyst; ##STR00265## wherein R.sup.1
and R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in claim 1, wherein X is F,
Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, and wherein R.sup.32 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl; wherein R.sup.33 is independently
hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together
optionally form a five, six or seven membered ring with the boron
and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with
one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl group; and wherein R.sup.34 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH.
20. A process as claimed in claim 19 wherein the catalyst is
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), or Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
21. A compound of formula (V) ##STR00266## wherein R.sup.2, G, L
and X are as defined in claim 15, and wherein R.sup.34 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH.
22. A process for the manufacture of a compound of formula (V)
comprising reacting acetylene of formula (VI) with
iodoaminopyridine (VII). ##STR00267## wherein R, G, L and X are as
defined in claim 15 and wherein R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6
alkyl F, or OH.
23. A process for the production of a compound of formula (III)
comprising reaction of a) boronic acid or ester (X) or b) stannane
(XI) or c) silane (XII) with R.sup.1-Hal in the presence of a
suitable palladium catalyst, ##STR00268## wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2,
E, G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 10, wherein Hal is I,
Br, Cl, F or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, and wherein R.sup.32 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl; R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen
or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together
optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring with the boron
and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with
one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl group; and R.sup.34 is independently
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH.
24. A process as claimed in claim 23 wherein the catalyst is
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
and/or Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), or
Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
25. A compound of formula (X) ##STR00269## wherein R.sup.2, E, G, L
and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, and wherein R.sup.33 is
independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33
groups together optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring
with the boron and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
26. A compound of formula (XI) ##STR00270## wherein R.sup.2, E, G,
L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, and wherein R.sup.32 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
27. A compound of formula (XII) ##STR00271## wherein R.sup.2, E, G,
L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, and wherein R.sup.34 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH.
28. A process for the production of a compound of formula (I)
comprising reaction of a) boronic acid or ester (L) or b) stannane
(LI) or c) silane (LII) with R.sup.1-Hal in the presence of a
suitable palladium catalyst, ##STR00272## wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2,
E, G, and L are as defined in claim 10, wherein Hal is I, Br, Cl, F
or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, and wherein R.sup.32 is independently
C.sub.1-6alkyl; R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen or
C.sub.1-6alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together optionally
form a five, six- or seven-membered ring with the boron and oxygen
atoms, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with one or more
C.sub.1-6 alkyl group; and R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6
alkyl, F, or OH.
29. A process as claimed in claim 28 wherein the catalyst is
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), and/or
Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
30. A compound of formula (L) ##STR00273## wherein R.sup.2, E, G,
and L are as defined in claim 15, and wherein R.sup.33 is
independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33
groups together optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring
with the boron and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl group.
31. A compound of formula (LI) ##STR00274## wherein R.sup.2, E, G,
and L are as defined in claim 15, and wherein R.sup.32 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
32. A compound of formula (LII) ##STR00275## wherein R.sup.2, E, G,
and L are as defined in claim 15, and wherein R.sup.34 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl F, or OH.
33. A process for the manufacture of an intermediate of formula
(III) comprising a) reaction of a compound of formula (XIII) with
stannane R.sup.2--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the presence of a palladium
catalyst or b) reaction of a compound of formula (XIII) with
boronic acid or ester R.sup.2--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in a presence of
a suitable palladium catalyst or c) reaction of a compound of
formula (XIII) with silane R.sup.2--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in the
presence of a palladium catalyst; ##STR00276## wherein R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, E, G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 10, R.sup.32
is independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl; R.sup.33 is independently
hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together
optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring with the boron
and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with
one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl group; R.sup.34 is independently
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F or OH; and X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
34. A process as claimed in claim 33 wherein the catalyst is
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba dibenzylidenacetone), and/or
Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
35. A compound of formula (XIII) ##STR00277## wherein R.sup.1 is an
optionally substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group; E, G, and
L are as defined in claim 1, wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3; and R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group
selected from R.sup.31SO.sub.2, R.sup.31C(O), R.sup.31.sub.3Si,
R.sup.31OCH.sub.2, (R.sup.31).sub.2NC(O), R.sup.31OC(O),
R.sup.31(R.sup.31O)CH, R.sup.31CH.sub.2CH.sub.2, R.sup.31CH.sub.2,
PhC(O)CH.sub.2, CH.dbd.CH, ClCH.sub.2CH.sub.2, Ph.sub.3C,
Ph.sub.2(4-pyridyl)C, Me.sub.2N, HO--CH.sub.2, R.sup.31OCH.sub.2,
(R.sup.31).sub.3SiOCH.sub.2, (R.sup.31O).sub.2CH,
t-BuOC(O)CH.sub.2, Me.sub.2NCH.sub.2, or tetrahydropyranylamine,
wherein R.sup.31 is C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.6-12aryl with the
proviso that when R.sup.40 is Si(R.sup.31).sub.3, and R.sup.1 is a
five-membered heterocycyl at least one of R.sup.31 is not C.sub.1-6
alkyl.
36. A process for the production of a compound of formula (III)
comprising reaction of a) boronic acid or ester (XIV) or b)
stannane (XV) or c) silane (XVI) with R.sup.2-Hal in the presence
of a suitable palladium catalyst, ##STR00278## wherein R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, E, G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 10, Hal is I,
Br, Cl, F or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, R.sup.32 is independently C.sub.1-6
alkyl R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or
wherein two R.sup.33 groups together optionally form a five, six-
or seven-membered ring with the boron and oxygen atoms, wherein the
ring is optionally substituted with one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl
group; R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH;
37. A process as claimed in claim 36 where the catalyst is
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), and/or
Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
38. A compound of formula (XIV) ##STR00279## wherein R.sup.1 is an
optionally substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group; E, G, L
and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 10, and R.sup.33 is
independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33
groups together optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring
with the boron and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl group.
39. A compound of formula (XV) ##STR00280## wherein R.sup.1 is an
optionally substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group; E, G, L
and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 10, and R.sup.33 is
independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33
groups together optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring
with the boron and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl group.
40. A compound of formula (XVI) ##STR00281## wherein R.sup.1 is an
optionally substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group, E, G, L
and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 10, and R.sup.33 is
independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33
groups together optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring
with the boron and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl group.
41. A process for the manufacturing of compound of formula (XIII)
by the addition of the R.sup.40 group to a compound of general
formula (XVII) ##STR00282## wherein R.sup.1 is an optionally
substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group; E, G, L and R.sup.40
are as defined in claim 10, and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
42. A compound of formula (XVII) ##STR00283## wherein R.sup.1 is an
optionally substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group; E, G, and
L are as defined in claim 10 and in X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
43. A process for the production of a compound of formula (I)
comprising reaction of a) boronic acid or ester (LIV) or b)
stannane (LV) or c) silane (LVI) with R.sup.2-Hal in the presence
of a suitable palladium catalyst, ##STR00284## wherein R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in claim 10, wherein Hal is I,
Br, Cl, F or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, and wherein R.sup.32 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen
or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together
optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring with the boron
and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with
one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl group; and R.sup.34 is independently
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH.
44. A process as claimed in claim 43 wherein the catalyst is
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), and/or
Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
45. A compound of formula (LIV) ##STR00285## wherein R.sup.1 is an
optionally substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group; E, G, and
L are as defined in claim 10, and R.sup.33 is independently
hydrogen or C.sub.1-6 alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together
optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring with the boron
and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with
one or more C.sub.1-16alkyl group a defined in claim 13.
46. A compound of formula (LV) ##STR00286## wherein R.sup.1, E, G,
and L are as defined in claim 45, and wherein R.sup.32 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
47. A compound of formula (LVI) ##STR00287## wherein R.sup.1, E, G,
and L are as defined in claim 45, and wherein R.sup.34 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH as defined in claim 13.
48. A process for the production of a compound of formula (XVII) by
the introduction of an X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula
(XVIII). ##STR00288## wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined
in claim 45 and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
49. A process for the production of a compound of formula (XIII) by
the introduction of the X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula
(XIX), ##STR00289## wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in
claim 45, and R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group; and wherein
X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
50. A compound of formula (XIX) ##STR00290## wherein R.sup.1, E, G,
L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 49.
51. A process for the production of a compound of formula (IIIa)
containing the 4-substituted oxazole ring by the reaction of
aldehyde (XX) with a TOSMIC type reagent (XXI), ##STR00291##
wherein: R.sup.36 is X or R.sup.1, R.sup.1, E, G, L and R.sup.40
are as defined in claim 49, R.sup.37 is hydrogen, or C.sub.1-6
alkyl, and R.sup.38 is an C.sub.6-12 aryl.
52. A process for the production of a compound of formula (IIIb)
containing the 2-substituted oxazole ring by the reaction of
aldehyde (XX) with a reagent (XXII), ##STR00292## wherein E, G, L
and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 51, wherein R.sup.36 and
R.sup.38 are as defined in claim 51, and R.sup.39 is a hydrogen,
C.sub.1-12 alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl,
haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.3,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.3.sub.2, OR.sup.3, SR.sup.3, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3, NR.sup.3CONR.sup.3.sub.2,
NR.sup.3COR.sup.3, NR.sup.3CO.sub.2R.sup.3, CO.sub.2R.sup.3,
COR.sup.3, CONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.3, SONR.sup.3.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.3, SO.sub.2NR.sup.3.sub.2, or NR.sup.3S(O).sub.2R.sup.3
wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more
insertions selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.3)--, --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; wherein R.sup.3 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl,
carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one or more
of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6,
NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
COR.sup.6CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.6, SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6,
wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or
two insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein two
R.sup.3 in NR.sup.3.sub.2 may optionally form a partially
saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered
ring containing one to three heteroatoms, optionally and
independently substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.6, SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6,
wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or
two insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.6 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl;
wherein R.sup.41 is OR.sup.42 or SR.sup.42, and wherein R.sup.42 is
C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
53. A process for the production of a compound of formula (IIIc) by
the reaction of iminoester (XXIII) with formic acid hydrazide,
##STR00293## wherein R.sup.2, E, G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined
in claim 15, wherein R.sup.43 is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and wherein
X.sup.3 is F, Cl, Br, I, HSO.sub.4.sup.-, or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.sup.-.
54. A compound of formula (XXIII) ##STR00294## wherein R.sup.2, E G
L, R.sup.40R.sup.43 and X.sup.3 are as defined in claim 53.
55. A process for the production of iminoester of formula (XXIII)
by the reaction of nitrile (XXIV) with alcohol R.sup.43OH in the
presence of mineral acid HX.sup.3, ##STR00295## wherein R.sup.2, E,
G, L, R.sup.40, R.sup.43 and X.sup.3 are as defined in claim
53.
56. A compound of formula (XXIV) ##STR00296## wherein R.sup.2, E,
G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15.
57. A process for the manufacture of nitrile of formula (XXIV)
comprising a) reaction of a compound of formula (XXV) with stannane
R.sup.2--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the presence of a palladium catalyst
or b) reaction of a compound of formula (XXV) with boronic acid or
ester R.sup.2--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in a presence of a suitable
palladium catalyst or c) reaction of a compound of formula (XXV)
with silane R.sup.2--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in the presence of a
palladium catalyst; ##STR00297## wherein R.sup.2, E, G, L and
R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br,
I or CF.sub.3S.sub.3, and wherein R.sup.32 is independently
C.sub.1-6 alkyl; R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6
alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together optionally form a
five, six- or seven-membered ring with the boron and oxygen atoms,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with one or more
C.sub.1-6 alkyl group; and R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6
alkyl, F, or OH.
58. A process as claimed in claim 57 wherein the catalyst is
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), and/or
Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
59. A compound of formula (XXV) ##STR00298## wherein E, G, and
R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl,
Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
60. A process for the manufacture of a compound of formula (XXV)
comprising protection of the pyrrole nitrogen in compound (XXVI),
##STR00299## wherein E, G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim
15, and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
61. A compound of formula (XXVI) ##STR00300## wherein E, G, and L
are as defined in claim 1, and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
62. A process for the production of a compound of formula (XXVI) by
the introduction of an X.sup.2 group to
1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (XXVII), ##STR00301##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in claim 1, and wherein X.sup.2
is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3 as defined in claim 33.
63. A process for the production of a compound of formula (XXV) by
the introduction of the X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula
(XXVII), ##STR00302## wherein E, G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined
in claim 15, and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
64. A compound of formula (XXVII) ##STR00303## wherein E, G, and L
are as defined in claim 1.
65. A compound of formula (XXVIII) ##STR00304## wherein E, G, and L
are as defined in claim 1, and wherein R.sup.40 is an amino
protecting group.
66. A process for the manufacture of
1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (XXVIIa) comprising
reaction of 5-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine with Zn(CN).sub.2 in
the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as
Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4. ##STR00305##
67. A process for the production of a compound of formula (IIa)
containing the triazole ring by the reaction of iminoester (XXIX)
with formic acid hydrazide, ##STR00306## wherein E, G, L, X and
R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, wherein R.sup.43 is C.sub.1-6
alkyl and X.sup.3 is F, Cl, Br, I, HSO.sub.4.sup.-, or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.sup.-.
68. A compound of formula (XXIX) ##STR00307## wherein E, G, and L,
X and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, and wherein R.sup.43 is
C.sub.1-6 alkyl and X.sup.3 is F, Cl, Br, I, HSO.sub.4.sup.- or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.sup.-.
69. A process for the production of iminoester of formula (XXIX) by
the reaction of nitrile (XXX) with alcohol R.sup.43OH in the
presence of mineral acid HX.sup.3, ##STR00308## wherein E, G, L, X
and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, and wherein R.sup.43 is
C.sub.1-6 alkyl and X.sup.3 is F, Cl, Br, I, HSO.sub.4.sup.-, or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.sup.-.
70. A process for the manufacture of silicon derivative of formula
(XII) comprising a) reaction of a compound of formula (XXXI) with
stannane R.sup.2--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the presence of a palladium
catalyst or b) reaction of a compound of formula (XXXI) with
boronic acid or ester R.sup.2--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in the presence
of a suitable palladium catalyst, ##STR00309## wherein E, G, L and
R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br,
I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, and wherein R.sup.32 is independently
C.sub.1-6 alkyl; R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen or
C.sub.1-6alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together optionally
form a five, six- or seven-membered ring with the boron and oxygen
atoms, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with one or more
C.sub.1-6 alkyl group; and R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6
alkyl, F, or OH.
71. A process as claimed in claim 70 wherein the catalyst is
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), and/or
Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
72. A compound of formula (XXXI) ##STR00310## wherein E, G, and L
are as defined in claim 1, wherein R.sup.40 is an amino protecting
group, wherein R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH,
and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
73. A process for the manufacture of a compound of formula (XXXI)
comprising protection of the pyrrole nitrogen in compound (XXXII),
##STR00311## wherein E, G, and L and R.sup.40 are as defined in
claim 15, wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, and
wherein R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH.
74. A compound of formula (XXXII) ##STR00312## wherein E, G, and L
are as defined in claim 1, wherein R.sup.34 is independently
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
75. A process for the production of a compound of formula (XXXII)
by the introduction of an X.sup.2 group into silicon derivative
(XXXIII), ##STR00313## wherein E, G, and L are as defined in claim
1, wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3 and wherein
R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH.
76. A process for the production of a compound of formula (XXXI) by
the introduction of the X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula
(XXXIV), ##STR00314## wherein E, G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined
in claim 15, wherein R.sup.34 is independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F,
or OH and X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
77. A process for the manufacture of intermediate of formula (IIb)
comprising a) reaction of a compound of formula (XXXV) with
stannane R.sup.2--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the presence of a palladium
catalyst or b) reaction of a compound of formula (XXXV) with
boronic acid or ester R.sup.2--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in a presence of
a suitable palladium catalyst or c) reaction of a compound of
formula (XXXV) with silane R.sup.2--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in the
presence of a palladium catalyst; ##STR00315## wherein R.sup.2,
R.sup.40, E, G, and L are as defined in claim 15, wherein X.sup.2
is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, and wherein R.sup.32 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl; R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen
or C.sub.1-6alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together
optionally form a five, six- or seven-membered ring with the boron
and oxygen atoms, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with
one or more C.sub.1-6 alkyl group; and R.sup.34 is independently
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, or OH.
78. A compound of formula (XXXV) ##STR00316## wherein E, G, L and
R.sup.40 are as defined in claim 15, and X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
79. A process for the manufacture of a compound of formula (XXXV)
comprising protection of the pyrrole nitrogen in compound (XXXVI),
##STR00317## wherein E, G, L and R.sup.40 are as defined in claim
15, and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
80. A compound of formula (XXXVI) ##STR00318## wherein E, G, and L
are as defined in claim 1, and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
81. A process for the production of a compound of formula (XXXVI)
by the introduction of an X.sup.2 group to
5-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine, ##STR00319## wherein X.sup.2 is
as defined in claim 33.
82. A process for the production of a compound of formula (XXXV) by
the introduction of the X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula
(XXXVII), ##STR00320## wherein E, G, and L and R.sup.40 are as
defined in claim 15, wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.
83. A compound selected from the group consisting of: ##STR00321##
##STR00322## ##STR00323## ##STR00324## ##STR00325## ##STR00326##
##STR00327## ##STR00328## ##STR00329## ##STR00330## ##STR00331##
##STR00332## ##STR00333## ##STR00334## ##STR00335## ##STR00336##
##STR00337## ##STR00338##
84. A composition comprising a compound of formula (I):
##STR00339## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in
combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or
excipient, wherein: R.sup.1 is an optionally substituted
carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group, R.sup.2 is an optionally
substituted five or six membered heterocyclyl group or an
optionally substituted six membered carbocyclyl group, E is
hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, G is
hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and
L is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl;
wherein the optionally substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl
group of R.sup.1 is optionally fused to a partially saturated,
unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered ring
containing zero to three heteroatoms, and each substitutable carbon
atom in R.sup.1, including the optional fused ring, is optionally
and independently substituted by one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.3,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.3.sub.2, OR.sup.3, SR.sup.3, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3, NR.sup.3CONR.sup.3.sub.2,
NR.sup.3COR.sup.3, NR.sup.3CO.sub.2R.sup.3, CO.sub.2R.sup.3,
COR.sup.3, CONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.3, SONR.sup.3.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.3, SO.sub.2NR.sup.3.sub.2, or NR.sup.3S(O).sub.2R.sup.3
wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more
insertions selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.3)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.4.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.4, .dbd.NNR.sup.4COR.sup.4,
.dbd.NNR.sup.4CO.sub.2R.sup.4, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.4, or
.dbd.NR.sup.4; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.1 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.5, COR.sup.5, SO.sub.2R.sup.5 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.5; wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3;
wherein R.sup.3 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or
heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6
alkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6,
NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6, COR.sup.6,
CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.6,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein two
R.sup.3 in NR.sup.3.sub.2 may optionally form a partially
saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered
ring containing one to three heteroatoms, optionally and
independently substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.6, SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6,
wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or
two insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.4 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl,
optionally substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen,
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, S(O)R.sup.6,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.5 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.6 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; and wherein R.sup.2 is a six-membered
carbocyclyl group or a five or six-membered heterocyclyl group
containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S
or O wherein the optionally substituted six-membered carbocyclyl or
five or six-membered heterocyclyl group is optionally fused to a
partially saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven
membered ring containing zero to three heteroatoms, and each
substitutable carbon or heteroatom in R.sup.2 including the
optional fused ring, is optionally and independently substituted by
one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.7, (CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.7.sub.2, OR.sup.7,
SR.sup.7, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.7.sub.2, NR.sup.7COR.sup.7,
NR.sup.7CONR.sup.7.sub.2, NR.sup.7COR.sup.7,
NR.sup.7CO.sub.2R.sup.7, CO.sub.2R.sup.7, COR.sup.7,
CONR.sup.7.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.7, SONR.sup.7.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.7,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.7.sub.2, or NR.sup.7S(O).sub.2R.sup.7 wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more insertions
selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.7)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.8.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.8, .dbd.NNR.sup.8COR.sup.8,
.dbd.NNR.sup.8CO.sub.2R.sup.8, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.8, or
.dbd.NR.sup.8; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.2 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.9, COR.sup.9, SO.sub.2R.sup.9 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.9; wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3;
preferably, wherein each substitutable carbon or hetero-atom in
R.sup.2 is optionally and independently substituted by one or more
of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, OR.sup.10, SR.sup.10, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.10.sub.2, NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NR.sup.10CONR.sup.10.sub.2,
NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NHCO.sub.2R.sup.10, CO.sub.2R.sup.10,
COR.sup.10, CONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.10,
SONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.10, SO.sub.2NR.sup.10.sub.2, or
NR.sup.10S(O).sub.2R.sup.10; wherein R.sup.10 is hydrogen,
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.7 is
hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally
substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, carbocyclyl,
heterocyclyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.11, SR.sup.11,
NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)-- --(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein two R.sup.7 in NR.sup.7.sub.2 may
optionally form a partially saturated, unsaturated or fully
saturated five to seven membered ring containing one to three
heteroatoms, optionally and independently substituted by one or
more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.11,
SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.8 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6haloalkyl, OR.sup.11,
SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, S(O)R.sup.11,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.9 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; and wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6haloalkyl.
85. A composition as claimed in claim 84 further comprising one or
more other active agent.
86. A composition as claimed in claim 85 wherein the composition
further comprises an anti-inflammatory agent, for example a p38
inhibitor.
87. A method of inhibiting JNK comprising administering a
composition as claimed in claim 84.
88. The method of claim 87, wherein JNK3 is selectively
inhibited.
89. A method of preventing or treating a JNK-mediated disorder in
an individual comprising administering a compound of claim 84.
90. The method of claim 89, wherein the disorder is a
neurodegenerative disorder (including dementia), inflammatory
disease, a disorder linked to apoptosis, particularly neuronal
apoptosis, autoimmune disease, destructive bone disorder,
proliferative disorder, cancer, infectious disease, allergy,
ischemia reperfusion injury, heart attack, angiogenic disorder,
organ hypoxia, vascular hyperplasia, cardiac hypertrophy, thrombin
induced platelet aggregation and/or any condition associated with
prostaglandin endoperoxidase synthase-2.
91. The method of claim 90, wherein the neurodegenerative disorder
results from apoptosis and/or inflammation.
92. The method of claim 90, wherein the neurodegenerative disorder
is: dementia; Alzheimer's disease; Parkinson's disease; Amyotrophic
Lateral Sclerosis; Huntington's disease; senile chorea; Sydenham's
chorea; hypoglycemia; head and spinal cord trauma including
traumatic head injury; acute and chronic pain; epilepsy and
seizures; olivopontocerebellar dementia; neuronal cell death;
hypoxia-related neurodegeneration; acute hypoxia; glutamate
toxicity including glutamate neurotoxicity; cerebral ischemia;
dementia linked to meningitis and/or neurosis; cerebrovascular
dementia; or dementia in an HIV-infected patient.
93. The method of claim 90, wherein the neurodegenerative disorder
is a peripheral neuropathy, including mononeuropathy, multiple
mononeuropathy or polyneuropathy, such as may be found in diabetes
mellitus, Lyme disease or uremia; peripheral neuropathy caused by a
toxic agent; demyelinating disease such as acute or chronic
inflammatory polyneuropathy, leukodystrophies or Guillain-Barre
syndrome; multiple mononeuropathy secondary to a collagen vascular
disorder; multiple mononeuropathy secondary to sarcoidosis;
multiple mononeuropathy secondary to a metabolic disease; or
multiple mononeuropathy secondary to an infectious disease.
94. The method of claim 90, wherein the disorder is inflammatory
bowel disorder; bronchitis; asthma; acute pancreatitis; chronic
pancreatitis; allergies of various types; Alzheimer's disease;
autoimmune disease such as rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus
erythematosus, glumerulonephritis, scleroderma, chronic
thyroiditis, Graves's disease, autoimmune gastritis, diabetes,
autoimmune haemolytis anaemia, autoimmune neutropaenia,
thrombocytopenia, atopic dermatitis, chronic active hepatitis,
myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's
disease, psoriasis or graft vs host disease.
95. The method of claim 85, wherein one or more other active agent
is administered to the individual simultaneously, subsequently or
sequentially to administering the composition.
96. The method of claim 95, wherein the other active agent is an
anti-inflammatory agent such as a p38 inhibitor.
97. An assay for determining the activity of a compound of formula
(I): ##STR00340## or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein: R.sup.1 is an optionally substituted carbocyclyl or
heterocyclyl group, R.sup.2 is an optionally substituted five or
six membered heterocyclyl group or an optionally substituted six
membered carbocyclyl group, E is hydrogen, halogen, cyano,
C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, G is hydrogen, halogen, cyano,
C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and L is hydrogen, halogen,
cyano, C.sub.1-6alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl; wherein the optionally
substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group of R.sup.1 is
optionally fused to a partially saturated, unsaturated or fully
saturated five to seven membered ring containing zero to three
heteroatoms, and each substitutable carbon atom in R.sup.1,
including the optional fused ring, is optionally and independently
substituted by one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, C.sub.2-12
alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.3, (CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.3.sub.2, OR.sup.3,
SR.sup.3, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3,
NR.sup.3CONR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3,
NR.sup.3CO.sub.2R.sup.3, CO.sub.2R.sup.3, COR.sup.3,
CONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.3, SONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.3,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.3.sub.2, or NR.sup.3S(O).sub.2R.sup.3 wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more insertions
selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.3)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.4.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.4, .dbd.NNR.sup.4COR.sup.4,
.dbd.NNR.sup.4CO.sub.2R.sup.4, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.4, or
.dbd.NR.sup.4; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.1 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.5, COR.sup.5, SO.sub.2R.sup.5 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.5; wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3;
wherein R.sup.3 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or
heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6
alkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6,
NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6, COR.sup.6,
CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.6,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein two
R.sup.3 in NR.sup.3.sub.2 may optionally form a partially
saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered
ring containing one to three heteroatoms, optionally and
independently substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, COR.sup.6, COR.sup.6,
CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.6,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the
C.sub.1-6 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two insertions
selected from the group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.6)--,
--S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6 may be the same
or different and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.4 is hydrogen,
C.sub.1-2 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally
substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6,
NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, COR.sup.6, COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2,
S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, S(O)R.sup.6, SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.5 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12
aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.6 is
hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; and wherein
R.sup.2 is a six-membered carbocyclyl group or a five or
six-membered heterocyclyl group containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms
independently selected from N, S or O wherein the optionally
substituted six-membered carbocyclyl or five or six-membered
heterocyclyl group is optionally fused to a partially saturated,
unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered ring
containing zero to three heteroatoms, and each substitutable carbon
or heteroatom in R.sup.2 including the optional fused ring, is
optionally and independently substituted by one or more of halogen,
C.sub.1-12 alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl,
haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.7,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.7.sub.2, OR.sup.7, SR.sup.7, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.7.sub.2, NR.sup.7COR.sup.7, NR.sup.7CONR.sup.7.sub.2,
NR.sup.7COR.sup.7, NR.sup.7CO.sub.2R.sup.7, CO.sub.2R.sup.7,
COR.sup.7, CONR.sup.7.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.7, SONR.sup.7.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.7, SO.sub.2NR.sup.7.sub.2, or NR.sup.7S(O).sub.2R.sup.7
wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more
insertions selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.7)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.8.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.8, .dbd.NNR.sup.8COR.sup.8,
.dbd.NNR.sup.8CO.sub.2R.sup.8, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.8, or
.dbd.NR.sup.8; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.2 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.9, COR.sup.9, SO.sub.2R.sup.9 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.9; wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3;
preferably, wherein each substitutable carbon or hetero-atom in
R.sup.2 is optionally and independently substituted by one or more
of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, OR.sup.10, SR.sup.10, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.10.sub.2, NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NR.sup.10CONR.sup.10.sub.2,
NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NHCO.sub.2R.sup.10, CO.sub.2R.sup.10,
COR.sup.10, CONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.10,
SONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.10, SO.sub.2NR.sup.10.sub.2, or
NR.sup.10S(O).sub.2R.sup.10; wherein R.sup.10 is hydrogen,
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.7 is
hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally
substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, carbocyclyl,
heterocyclyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.11, SR.sup.11,
NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein two R.sup.7 in NR.sup.7.sub.2 may
optionally form a partially saturated, unsaturated or fully
saturated five to seven membered ring containing one to three
heteroatoms, optionally and independently substituted by one or
more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.11,
SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.8 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6haloalkyl, OR.sup.11,
SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, S(O)R.sup.11,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.9 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; and wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6haloalkyl, the assay comprising providing a system for
assaying the activity and assaying the activity of the
compound.
98. The assay as claimed in claim 97, wherein the assay is for the
JNK inhibiting activity of the compound, preferably for the
JNK3-specific inhibiting activity of the compound.
99. The assay as claimed in claim 97, wherein the assay is a
Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA) using radiolabelled ATP, or is
an ELISA.
100. A method of inhibiting the activity or function of a JNK,
particularly JNK3, which method comprises exposing a JNK to a
compound of formula (I): ##STR00341## or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R.sup.1 is an optionally
substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group, R.sup.2 is an
optionally substituted five or six membered heterocyclyl group or
an optionally substituted six membered carbocyclyl group, E is
hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, G is
hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and
L is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl;
wherein the optionally substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl
group of R.sup.1 is optionally fused to a partially saturated,
unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered ring
containing zero to three heteroatoms, and each substitutable carbon
atom in R.sup.1, including the optional fused ring, is optionally
and independently substituted by one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.3,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.3.sub.2, OR.sup.3, SR.sup.3, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3, NR.sup.3CONR.sup.3.sub.2,
NR.sup.3COR.sup.3, NR.sup.3CO.sub.2R.sup.3, CO.sub.2R.sup.3,
COR.sup.3, CONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.3, SONR.sup.3.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.3, SO.sub.2NR.sup.3.sub.2, or NR.sup.3S(O).sub.2R.sup.3
wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more
insertions selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.3)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.4.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.4, .dbd.NNR.sup.4COR.sup.4,
.dbd.NNR.sup.4CO.sub.2R.sup.4, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.4, or
.dbd.NR.sup.4; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.1 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.5, COR.sup.5, SO.sub.2R.sup.5 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.5; wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3;
wherein R.sup.3 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or
heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6
alkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.6R.sup.6NR.sup.6COR.sup.6,
NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6NR.sup.6COR.sup.6,
NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6, COR.sup.6,
CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.6,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein two
R.sup.3 in NR.sup.3.sub.2 may optionally form a partially
saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered
ring containing one to three heteroatoms, optionally and
independently substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.6, SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6,
wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or
two insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.4 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl,
optionally substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen,
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, S(O)R.sup.6,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.5 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.6 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6haloalkyl; and wherein R.sup.2 is a six-membered
carbocyclyl group or a five or six-membered heterocyclyl group
containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S
or O wherein the optionally substituted six-membered carbocyclyl or
five or six-membered heterocyclyl group is optionally fused to a
partially saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven
membered ring containing zero to three heteroatoms, and each
substitutable carbon or heteroatom in R.sup.2 including the
optional fused ring, is optionally and independently substituted by
one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.7, (CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.7.sub.2, OR.sup.7,
SR.sup.7, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.7.sub.2, NR.sup.7COR.sup.7,
NR.sup.7CONR.sup.7.sub.2, NR.sup.7COR.sup.7,
NR.sup.7CO.sub.2R.sup.7, CO.sub.2R.sup.7, COR.sup.7,
CONR.sup.7.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.7, SONR.sup.7.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.7,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.7.sub.2, or NR.sup.7S(O).sub.2R.sup.7 wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more insertions
selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.7)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.8.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.8, .dbd.NNR.sup.8COR.sup.8,
.dbd.NNR.sup.8CO.sub.2R.sup.8, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.8, or
.dbd.NR.sup.8; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.2 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.9, COR.sup.9, SO.sub.2R.sup.9 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.9; wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3;
preferably, wherein each substitutable carbon or hetero-atom in
R.sup.2 is optionally and independently substituted by one or more
of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, OR.sup.10, SR.sup.10, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.10.sub.2, NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NR.sup.10CONR.sup.10.sub.2,
NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NHCO.sub.2R.sup.10, CO.sub.2R.sup.10,
COR.sup.10, CONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.10,
SONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.10, SO.sub.2NR.sup.10.sub.2, or
NR.sup.10S(O).sub.2R.sup.10; wherein R.sup.10 is hydrogen,
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.7 is
hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally
substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, carbocyclyl,
heterocyclyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.11, SR.sup.11,
NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein two R.sup.7 in NR.sup.7.sub.2 may
optionally form a partially saturated, unsaturated or fully
saturated five to seven membered ring containing one to three
heteroatoms, optionally and independently substituted by one or
more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.11,
SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.8 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.11, SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11COR.sup.11, NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11COR.sup.11, NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11,
COR.sup.11, CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, S(O)R.sup.11,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.9 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; and wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6haloalkyl.
101. A method as claimed in claim 100, which is performed in a
research model.
102. A method as claimed in claim 101, wherein the research model
is an animal model.
Description
[0001] This application is a division of U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 10/548,163 filed May 9, 2006, which is a national stage
entry of PCT/2004/000944 designating the U.S. and filed Mar. 5,
2004, which claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. 119(a)
to U.K. Patent App. No. 0305144.8 filed on Mar. 6, 2003, U.K.
Patent App. No. 0316814.3, filed on Jul. 17, 2003, and U.K. Patent
App. No. 0316952.1 filed on Jul. 18, 2003, each of the
aforementioned applications is incorporated herein by reference in
its entirety.
[0002] The present invention relates to novel compounds, their use
in the inhibition of c-Jun N-terminal kinases, their use in
medicine and particularly in the prevention and/or treatment of
neurodegenerative disorders related to apoptosis and/or
inflammation. The invention also provides processes for manufacture
of said compounds, compositions containing them and processes for
manufacturing such compositions.
[0003] c-Jun N-terminal kinases (hereinafter referred to as "JNKs")
are members of the mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) family.
JNKs are involved in response to various stimuli, including
proinflammatory cytokines and environmental stress. JNKs, and JNK3
in particular, play an important role during apoptotic death of
cells and therefore have been implicated in various disorders
including stroke, traumatic brain injury and other
neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson disease, Alzheimer
disease and others. Since JNK activity is a physiological regulator
of AP-1 transcriptional activity, JNK inhibitors are expected to
reduce inflammatory response.
[0004] Apoptosis is a form of cell death in which the cell actively
participates in its own destruction in a process involving a
characteristic series of biochemical and morphological changes,
which are regulated by specific cell death genes. Apoptotic cell
death is a process that has been observed in the developing
mammalian nervous system. In mice, the inactivation by homologous
recombination of genes that encode proteins that promote apoptosis,
such as the caspase-3 or the Bax protein, prevents developmental
neuronal cell death. The destruction of genes that encode cell
death suppressors such as Bcl-x, leads to enhanced neuronal cell
death. There is increasing evidence that apoptosis plays an
important role in the pathology of acute and chronic
neurodegenerative diseases. For example, in transgenic mice
overexpressing the anti-apoptotic Bcl-2 protein in the nervous
system there is a decrease in infarct volume following cerebral
ischemia. Similarly, injection of the caspase inhibitor BAF reduces
neuronal cell death following hypoxia/ischaemia in neonatal rats.
Another example is spinal muscular atrophy (a motor neuron disease)
where loss of function mutations in the SMN gene is associated with
the disease. Recent data has shown that the wild type SMN protein
binds to Bcl-2 and co-operates with it to inhibit apoptosis. These
results suggest that inhibitors of neuronal apoptosis could be
beneficial in the treatment of human neurodegenerative diseases.
There is increasing evidence that neuronal apoptosis is an
important pathological feature of stroke, traumatic brain injury
and other neurodegenerative diseases. Therefore, pharmacotherapy
using inhibitors of neuronal apoptosis may provide a therapeutic
benefit in neurodegenerative conditions.
[0005] A number of groups have studied the mechanisms of neuronal
cell death using in vitro cell culture systems and the results
suggest that in some systems the transcription factor c-Jun is
activated by the removal of survival signals and promotes cell
death.
[0006] Antibodies specific for c-Jun protected NGF-deprived rat
sympathetic neurones from apoptosis. Analogous neuroprotection due
to expression of a c-Jun dominant negative mutant has been
demonstrated, whereas overexpression of wild type c-Jun protein was
sufficient to induce apoptosis in the presence of NGF. Estus and
co-workers recently showed that an increase in c-Jun RNA levels
occurs in cortical neurones undergoing apoptosis after treatment
with .beta.-amyloid peptide. It has also been shown that c-Jun is
required for apoptosis in cerebellar granule neurones deprived of
survival signals.
[0007] c-Jun is activated by JNKs, which phosphorylate its
transcriptional activation domain. In humans there are three JNK
genes: JNK1, JNK2 and JNK3. The RNAs encoding JNK1 and JNK2 are
expressed in many tissues, including the brain, but JNK3 is
restricted to the nervous system and to a smaller extent the heart
and testes.
[0008] JNKs are strongly activated in cellular responses to various
stresses such as UV radiation, heat shock, osmotic shock,
DNA-damaging agents, and proinflammatory cytokines such as
TNF.alpha., IL-1.beta. and others. Upstream regulators of the JNK
pathway include kinases such as SEK1, MKK7 and MEKK1. There is
evidence that Jun kinase activity is required for neuronal
apoptosis in vitro. Overexpression of MEKK1 in sympathetic neurones
increased c-Jun protein levels and phosphorylation and induced
apoptosis in the presence of NGF indicating that activation of the
Jun kinase pathway can trigger neuronal cell death. The Jun kinase
pathway has been shown to be necessary for the death of
differentiated PC12 cells deprived of NGF. Furthermore, compound
CEP-1347, which inhibits the c-Jun pathway (upstream of Jun
kinase), protects motor neurones against cell death induced by
survival factor withdrawal.
[0009] In JNK3 homozygous (-/-) knockout mice, epileptic seizures
and death of hippocampal CA3 neurones induced by injection of
kainic acid is blocked. This indicates that JNK3 is involved in
certain forms of neuronal cell death in vivo. It is also a critical
component of GluR6-mediated excitotoxicity. Furthermore, JNK3 (-/-)
mice appear to develop normally and are viable suggesting that JNK3
is not essential for development or viability.
[0010] Strong nuclear JNK3 immunoreactivity in the brain CA1
neurones of patients with acute hypoxia suggests that JNK3 is
involved in hypoxia-related neurodegeneration. Transient hypoxia
may also trigger apoptosis through JNK signaling pathway in
developing brain neurones.
[0011] Furthermore, JNK3 immunoreactivity is colocalized with
Alzheimer disease-affected neurones. Moreover JNK3 is related to
neurofibrillary pathology of Alzheimer disease. In particular, JNK3
induces robust phosphorylation of amyloid precursor protein (APP)
thus affecting its metabolism in disease state.
[0012] The present inventors have provided compounds, which are
inhibitors of c-Jun N-terminal kinases.
[0013] The first aspect of the invention therefore relates to a
compound of formula (I) as illustrated below:
##STR00002##
wherein R.sup.1 is an optionally substituted carbocyclyl or
heterocyclyl group, R.sup.2 is an optionally substituted five or
six membered heterocyclyl group or an optionally substituted six
membered carbocyclyl group, E is hydrogen, halogen, cyano,
C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, G is hydrogen, halogen, cyano,
C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and L is hydrogen, halogen,
cyano, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy or C.sub.1-6 alkyl; wherein the optionally
substituted carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group of R.sup.1 is
optionally fused to a partially saturated, unsaturated or fully
saturated five to seven membered ring containing zero to three
heteroatoms, and each substitutable carbon atom in R.sup.1,
including the optional fused ring, is optionally and independently
substituted by one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-2 alkyl, C.sub.2-12
alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.3, (CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.3.sub.2, OR.sup.3,
SR.sup.3, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3,
NR.sup.3CONR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3,
NR.sup.3CO.sub.2R.sup.3, CO.sub.2R.sup.3, COR.sup.3,
CONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.3, SONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.3,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.3.sub.2, or NR.sup.3S(O).sub.2R.sup.3 wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more insertions
selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.3)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.4.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.4, .dbd.NNR.sup.4COR.sup.4,
.dbd.NNR.sup.4CO.sub.2R.sup.4, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.4, or
.dbd.NR.sup.4; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.1 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.5, COR.sup.5, SO.sub.2R.sup.5 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.5; wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3;
wherein R.sup.3 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or
heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6
alkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6,
NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6, COR.sup.6,
CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.6,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein two
R.sup.3 in NR.sup.3.sub.2 may optionally form a partially
saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated four to seven membered
ring containing one to three heteroatoms, optionally and
independently substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, SONR.sup.6.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.6, SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6,
wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or
two insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.4 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl,
optionally substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen,
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.6, SR.sup.6, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CONR.sup.6R.sup.6,
NR.sup.6COR.sup.6, NR.sup.6CO.sub.2R.sup.6, CO.sub.2R.sup.6,
COR.sup.6, CONR.sup.6.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, S(O)R.sup.6,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.6R.sup.6, NR.sup.6S(O).sub.2R.sup.6, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.6)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.6
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.5 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.6 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; and wherein R.sup.2 is a six-membered
carbocyclyl group or a five or six-membered heterocyclyl group
containing from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S
or O, wherein the optionally substituted six-membered carbocyclyl
or five or six-membered heterocyclyl group is optionally fused to a
partially saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven
membered ring containing zero to three heteroatoms, and each
substitutable carbon or hetero-atom in R.sup.2 including the
optional fused ring, is optionally and independently substituted by
one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-2 alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.7, (CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.7.sub.2, OR.sup.7,
SR.sup.7, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.7.sub.2, NR.sup.7COR.sup.7,
NR.sup.7CONR.sup.7.sub.2, NR.sup.7COR.sup.7,
NR.sup.7CO.sub.2R.sup.7, CO.sub.2R.sup.7, COR.sup.7,
CONR.sup.7.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.7, SONR.sup.7.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.7,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.7.sub.2, or NR.sup.7S(O).sub.2R.sup.7 wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more insertions
selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.7)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; and each saturated carbon in the optional fused
ring is further optionally and independently substituted by .dbd.O,
.dbd.S, NNR.sup.8.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.8, .dbd.NNR.sup.8COR.sup.8,
.dbd.NNR.sup.8CO.sub.2R.sup.8, .dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.8, or
.dbd.NR.sup.8; and each substitutable nitrogen atom in R.sup.2 is
optionally substituted by R.sup.9, COR.sup.9, SO.sub.2R.sup.9 or
CO.sub.2R.sup.9; wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3;
preferably, wherein each substitutable carbon or hetero-atom in
R.sup.2 is optionally and independently substituted by one or more
of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, OR.sup.10, SR.sup.10, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.10.sub.2, NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NR.sup.10CONR.sup.10.sub.2,
NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NHCO.sub.2R.sup.10, CO.sub.2R.sup.10,
COR.sup.10, CONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.10,
SONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.10, SO.sub.2NR.sup.10.sub.2, or
NR.sup.10S(O).sub.2R.sup.10; wherein R.sup.10 is hydrogen,
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.7 is
hydrogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally
substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, carbocyclyl,
heterocyclyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.11, SR.sup.11,
NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein two R.sup.7 in NR.sup.7.sub.2 may
optionally form a partially saturated, unsaturated or fully
saturated four to seven membered ring containing one to three
heteroatoms, optionally and independently substituted by one or
more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl, OR.sup.11,
SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11COR.sup.11,
NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11, COR.sup.11,
CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, SONR.sup.11.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.11, SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the C.sub.1-6 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.8 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR0.sup.11, SR.sup.11, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11COR.sup.11, NR.sup.11CONR.sup.11R.sup.11,
NR.sup.11COR.sup.11, NR.sup.11CO.sub.2R.sup.11, CO.sub.2R.sup.11,
COR.sup.11, CONR.sup.11.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, S(O)R.sup.11,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.11R.sup.11, NR.sup.11S(O).sub.2R.sup.11, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.11)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.11
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.9 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.11 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and
other pharmaceutically acceptable biohydrolyzable derivatives
thereof, including esters, amides, carbamates, carbonates, ureides,
solvates, hydrates, affinity reagents or prodrugs thereof.
[0014] For the avoidance of doubt when a group as defined above
contains two or more radicals eg the radical R.sup.3 as for example
in the groups SO.sub.2NR.sup.3R.sup.3 and NR.sup.3COR.sup.3, the
two or more radicals such as R.sup.3 may be the same or
different.
[0015] For the purposes of this invention, alkyl relates to both
straight chain and branched alkyl radicals of 1 to 12 carbon atoms,
preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms and most preferably 1 to 4 carbon
atoms including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,
isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl n-pentyl,
n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl. The term alkyl also encompasses
cycloalkyl radicals of 3 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably 4 to 8
carbon atoms, and most preferably 5 to 6 carbon atoms including but
not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, CH.sub.2-cyclopropyl,
CH.sub.2-cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. Cycloalkyl groups
may be optionally substituted or fused to one or more carbocyclyl
or heterocyclyl group. Haloalkyl relates to an alkyl radical
preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 4 carbon
atoms substituted with one or more halide atoms for example
CH.sub.2CH.sub.2Br, CF.sub.3 or CCl.sub.3.
[0016] The term "alkenyl" means a straight chain or branched
alkylenyl radical of 2 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 6 carbon
atoms and most preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and containing one
or more carbon-carbon double bonds and includes but is not limited
to ethylene, n-propyl-1-ene, n-propyl-2-ene, isopropylene, etc. The
term "alkynyl" means a straight chain or branched alkynyl radical
of 2 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms and most
preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and containing one or more
carbon-carbon triple bonds and includes but is not limited to
ethynyl, 2-methylethynyl etc.
[0017] "Carbocyclyl" relates to a saturated, partly unsaturated or
unsaturated 3 to 12 membered hydrocarbon ring, including cycloalkyl
and aryl.
[0018] "Aryl" means an aromatic 3 to 12 membered hydrocarbon
containing one ring or being fused to one or more saturated or
unsaturated rings including but not limited to phenyl, napthyl,
anthracenyl or phenanthracenyl.
[0019] "Heteroaryl" means an aromatic 3 to 12 membered aryl
containing one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O or S and
containing one ring or being fused to one or more saturated or
unsaturated rings, and "Heterocyclyl" means a 3 to 12 membered ring
system containing one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O or S
and includes heteroaryl. The heterocyclyl system can contain one
ring or may be fused to one or more saturated or unsaturated rings;
the heterocyclyl can be fully saturated, partially saturated or
unsaturated and includes but is not limited to heteroaryl and
heterocarbocyclyl. Examples of carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups
include but are not limited to cyclohexyl, phenyl, acridine,
benzimidazole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzoxazole,
benzothiazole, carbazole, cinnoline, dioxin, dioxane, dioxolane,
dithiane, dithiazine, dithiazole, dithiolane, furan, imidazole,
imidazoline, imidazolidine, indole, indoline, indolizine, indazole,
isoindole, isoquinoline, isoxazole, isothiazole, morpholine,
napthyridine, oxazole, oxadiazole, oxathiazole, oxathiazolidine,
oxazine, oxadiazine, phenazine, phenothiazine, phenoxazine,
phthalazine, piperazine, piperidine, pteridine, purine, pyran,
pyrazine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, pyridazine, pyridine,
pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, pyrroline, quinoline,
quinoxaline, quinazoline, quinolizine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrazine,
tetrazole, thiophene, thiadiazine, thiadiazole, thiatriazole,
thiazine, thiazole, thiomorpholine, thianaphthalene, thiopyran,
triazine, triazole, and trithiane.
[0020] Halogen means F, Cl, Br or I, preferably F.
[0021] R.sup.1 is preferably an optionally substituted five or six
membered carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl group wherein the carbocyclyl
or heterocyclyl group is optionally fused to one or more
unsaturated rings.
[0022] R.sup.1 is preferably selected from optionally substituted
phenyl, acridine, benzimidazole, benzofuran, benzothiophene,
benzoxazole, benzothiazole, cyclohexyl furan, imidazole, indole,
isoindole, isoquinoline, isoxazole, isothiazole, morpholine,
napthaline, oxazole, phenazine, phenothiazine, phenoxazine,
piperazine, piperidine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrrole,
quinoline, quinolizine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrazine, tetrazole,
thiophene, thiazole, thiomorpholine, thianaphthalene, thiopyran,
triazine, triazole or trithiane.
[0023] More preferably R.sup.1 is optionally substituted phenyl,
thiophene or pyridinyl.
[0024] As discussed above, R.sup.1 can be optionally substituted at
any position on the carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or optional fused
ring.
[0025] Substitution can occur at the ortho, meta or para positions
relative to the pyridine ring. When R.sup.1 is a six-membered ring,
substitution is preferably at the ortho and/or para positions, more
preferably at the para position.
[0026] R.sup.1 is preferably substituted with one or more of
OR.sup.12, halogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.2-6 alkenyl, C.sub.2-6
alkynyl, haloalkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkylaryl, C.sub.1-6
alkylheterocyclyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.12,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.12.sub.2, SR.sup.12, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.12.sub.2, O.sub.2R.sup.12, NR.sup.12C(O)R.sup.12,
NR.sup.12S(O).sub.2R.sup.12, COR.sup.12, CONR.sup.12,
S(O).sub.2R.sup.12S(O)R.sup.12 or SO.sub.2NR.sup.12;
wherein R.sup.12 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-4 alkyl or aryl preferably
phenyl, or heterocyclyl preferably pyridine, and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
or 6; wherein two R.sup.12 in NR.sup.12.sub.2 may optionally form a
partially saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated four to seven
membered ring containing one to three heteroatoms, said ring is
preferably independently substituted with one or more of halogen,
C.sub.1-12 alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl,
haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, OR.sup.13, SR.sup.13,
NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.13.sub.2, NR.sup.13COR.sup.13,
NR.sup.13CONR.sup.13.sub.2, NR.sup.13COR.sup.13,
NR.sup.13CO.sub.2R.sup.13, CO.sub.2R.sup.13, COR.sup.13,
CONR.sup.13.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.13, SONR.sup.13.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.13, SO.sub.2NR.sup.13.sub.2, or
NR.sup.13S(O).sub.2R.sup.13; and each saturated carbon in the
optional ring is further optionally and independently substituted
by .dbd.O, .dbd.S, NNR.sup.14.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.14,
.dbd.NNR.sup.14COR.sup.14, .dbd.NNR.sup.14CO.sub.2R.sup.14,
.dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.14, or .dbd.NR.sup.14; and each substitutable
nitrogen atom is optionally substituted by R.sup.15, COR.sup.15,
SO.sub.2R.sup.15 or CO.sub.2R.sup.15; wherein R.sup.13 is hydrogen,
C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally
substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl, OR.sup.16, SR.sup.16, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.16R.sup.16,
NR.sup.16COR.sup.16, NR.sup.16CONR.sup.16R.sup.16,
NR.sup.16COR.sup.16, NR.sup.16CO.sub.2R.sup.16, CO.sub.2R.sup.16,
COR.sup.16, CONR.sup.16.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.16,
SONR.sup.16.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.16, SO.sub.2NR.sup.16R.sup.16,
NR.sup.16S(O).sub.2R.sup.16, wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.16)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.16 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.14 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.16, SR.sup.16, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.16R.sup.16,
NR.sup.16COR.sup.16, NR.sup.16CONR.sup.16R.sup.16,
NR.sup.16COR.sup.16, NR.sup.16CO.sub.2R.sup.16, CO.sub.2R.sup.16,
COR.sup.16, CONR.sup.16.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.16, S(O)R.sup.16,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.16R.sup.16, NR.sup.16S(O).sub.2R.sup.16, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.16)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.16
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.15 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl or
C.sub.6-12 aryl; and wherein R.sup.16 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
or C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl.
[0027] R.sup.2 is preferably selected from phenyl, cyclohexyl,
acridine, benzimidazole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzoxazole,
benzothiazole, indole, isoindole, indolizine, indazole, isoindole,
isoquinoline, morpholine, napthalene, phenazine, phenothiazine,
phenoxazine, piperazine, piperidine, pyridazine, pyridine,
pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoline,
quinolizine, tetrazine, thiomorpholine, thianaphthalene, thiopyran,
triazine, trithiane, furan, imidazole, isoxazole, isothiazole,
oxazole, oxadiazole, oxathiazole, pyrazole, pyrrole, tetrazole,
thiophene, thiadiazole, thiatriazole, thiazole or triazole.
[0028] As discussed above, R.sup.2 can be optionally substituted at
any position on the carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl or optional fused
ring. Preferably, each substitutable carbon or hetero-atom in
R.sup.2 is optionally and independently substituted by one or more
of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, OR.sup.10, SR.sup.10, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.10.sub.2, NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NR.sup.10CONR.sup.10.sub.2,
NR.sup.10COR.sup.10, NHCO.sub.2R.sup.10, CO.sub.2R.sup.10,
COR.sup.10, CONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.10,
SONR.sup.10.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.10, SO.sub.2NR.sup.10.sub.2, or
NR.sup.10S(O).sub.2R.sup.10;
wherein R.sup.10 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl.
[0029] When R.sup.2 is a six-membered carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl
group, R.sup.2 is preferably substituted with one or more of
OR.sup.17, NR.sup.17.sub.2, SR.sup.17, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.17,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.17.sub.2, halogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
C.sub.2-6 alkenyl, C.sub.2-6 alkynyl, haloalkyl, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.17C(O)R.sup.7, NR.sup.17S(O).sub.2R.sup.17,
CO.sub.2R.sup.17, COR.sup.17, CONR.sup.17.sub.2,
S(O).sub.2R.sup.17, S(O)R.sup.17 or SO.sub.2NR.sup.17.sub.2;
wherein R.sup.17 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-4 alkyl, heterocyclyl or aryl
preferably phenyl, and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; wherein two
R.sup.17 in NR.sup.17.sub.2 may optionally form a partially
saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven membered
ring containing one to three heteroatoms, optionally and
independently substituted with one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, OR.sup.18, SR.sup.18, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.18.sub.2, NR.sup.18COR.sup.18, NR.sup.18CONR.sup.18.sub.2,
NR.sup.18COR.sup.18, NR.sup.18CO.sub.2R.sup.18, CO.sub.2R.sup.18,
COR.sup.18, CONR.sup.18.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.18,
SONR.sup.18.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.18, SO.sub.2NR.sup.18.sub.2, or
NR.sup.18S(O).sub.2R.sup.18; and each saturated carbon in the
optional ring is further optionally and independently substituted
by .dbd.O, .dbd.S, NNR.sup.19.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.19,
.dbd.NNR.sup.19COR.sup.19, .dbd.NNR.sup.19CO.sub.2R.sup.19,
.dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.19, or .dbd.NR.sup.19; and each substitutable
nitrogen atom is optionally substituted by R.sup.20, COR.sup.20,
SO.sub.2R.sup.20 or CO.sub.2R.sup.20; wherein R.sup.18 is hydrogen,
C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally
substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl, OR.sup.21, SR.sup.21, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.21R.sup.21,
NR.sup.21COR.sup.21, NR.sup.21CONR.sup.21R.sup.21,
NR.sup.21COR.sup.21, NR.sup.21CO.sub.2R.sup.21, CO.sub.2R.sup.21,
COR.sup.21, CONR.sup.21.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.21,
SONR.sup.21.sub.2, S(O)R.sup.21, SO.sub.2NR.sup.21R.sup.21,
NR.sup.21S(O).sub.2R.sup.21, wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.21)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.21 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.19 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.21, SR.sup.21, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.21R.sup.21,
NR.sup.21COR.sup.21, NR.sup.21CONR.sup.21R.sup.21,
NR.sup.21COR.sup.21, NR.sup.21CO.sub.2R.sup.21, CO.sub.2R.sup.21,
COR.sup.21, CONR.sup.21.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.21, S(O)R.sup.21,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.21R.sup.21, NR.sup.21S(O).sub.2R.sup.21, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.21)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.21
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.20 is hydrogen, C.sub.6-12 aryl, C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl; wherein R.sup.21 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl.
[0030] When R.sup.2 is a five-membered heterocyclyl, it is
preferably a group
##STR00003##
wherein A, X, Y or Z are independently selected from N, O, C, S and
M is C or N, wherein one, two, three or four of A, X, Y, Z and M is
other than C, preferably R.sup.2 is furan, imidazole, isoxazole,
isothiazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, oxatriazole, pyrazole, pyrrole,
tetrazole, thiophene, thiadiazole, thiatriazole, thiazole or
triazole; R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24 or R.sup.25 are
independently selected from a lone electron pair, hydrogen,
halogen, C.sub.1-12 alkyl, haloalkyl, OR.sup.26, SR.sup.26,
NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.26.sub.2, NR.sup.26COR.sup.26,
NR.sup.26CONR.sup.26.sub.2, NR.sup.26COR.sup.26,
NR.sup.26CO.sub.2R.sup.26, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.26,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.26.sub.2, CO.sub.2R.sup.26, COR.sup.26,
CONR.sup.26.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.26, SONR.sup.26.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.26, SO.sub.2NR.sup.26.sub.2, or NHS(O).sub.2R.sup.26;
wherein n is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3; or wherein any two
of R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24 or R.sup.25 may optionally form a
partially saturated, unsaturated or fully saturated five to seven
membered ring containing zero to three heteroatoms, each saturated
carbon in the optional fused ring is further optionally and
independently substituted with one or more of halogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, OR.sup.26, SR.sup.26, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.26.sub.2, NR.sup.26CONR.sup.26.sub.2, NR.sup.26COR.sup.26,
NR.sup.26CO.sub.2R.sup.26, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.26,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.26.sub.2, CO.sub.2R.sup.26, COR.sup.26,
CONR.sup.26.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.26, SONR.sup.26.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.26, SO.sub.2NR.sup.26.sub.2, or
NR.sup.26S(O).sub.2R.sup.26; and each saturated carbon in the
optional fused ring is further optionally and independently
substituted by .dbd.O, .dbd.S, NNR.sup.27.sub.2, .dbd.N--OR.sup.27,
.dbd.NNR.sup.27COR.sup.27, .dbd.NNR.sup.27CO.sub.2R.sup.27,
.dbd.NNSO.sub.2R.sup.27, or .dbd.NR.sup.27; and each substitutable
nitrogen atom in R.sup.1 is optionally substituted by
R.sup.28COR.sup.28SO.sub.2R.sup.28 or CO.sub.2R.sup.28; wherein n
is 1 to 6, preferably n is 1, 2 or 3; wherein R.sup.26 is hydrogen,
C.sub.1-12 alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally
substituted by one or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6
haloalkyl, OR.sup.29, SR.sup.29, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.29R.sup.29,
NR.sup.29CONR.sup.29R.sup.29, NR.sup.29COR.sup.29,
NR.sup.29CO.sub.2R.sup.29, CO.sub.2R.sup.29, COR.sup.29,
CONR.sup.29.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.29, SONR.sup.29.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.29, SO.sub.2NR.sup.29R.sup.29,
NR.sup.29S(O).sub.2R.sup.29, wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group
optionally incorporates one or two insertions selected from the
group consisting of --O--, --N(R.sup.29)--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.29 may be the same or different
and is as defined below; wherein R.sup.27 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-12
alkyl, carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted by one
or more of C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halogen, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl,
OR.sup.29, SR.sup.29, NO.sub.2, CN, NR.sup.29R.sup.29,
NR.sup.29COR.sup.29, NR.sup.29CONR.sup.29R.sup.29,
NR.sup.29COR.sup.29, NR.sup.29CO.sub.2R.sup.29, CO.sub.2R.sup.29,
COR.sup.29, CONR.sup.29.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.29, S(O)R.sup.29,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.29R.sup.29, NR.sup.29S(O).sub.2R.sup.29, wherein the
C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally incorporates one or two
insertions selected from the group consisting of --O--,
--N(R.sup.29)--, --S(O)-- and --S(O.sub.2)--, wherein each R.sup.29
may be the same or different and is as defined below; wherein
R.sup.28 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl or
C.sub.6-12 aryl; wherein R.sup.29 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6 haloalkyl.
[0031] More preferably R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24 or R.sup.25 are
independently selected from a lone electron pair, hydrogen,
halogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, haloalkyl, OR.sup.30, SR.sup.30, CN,
NR.sup.30.sub.2, NR.sup.30COR.sup.30, CO.sub.2R.sup.30,
COR.sup.30CONR.sup.30.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.30, or
S(O)R.sup.30;
wherein R.sup.30 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl or
ethyl or carbocyclyl, preferably phenyl.
[0032] Representative compounds according to the first aspect of
the invention are illustrated below:
##STR00004## ##STR00005## ##STR00006## ##STR00007## ##STR00008##
##STR00009## ##STR00010## ##STR00011## ##STR00012## ##STR00013##
##STR00014## ##STR00015## ##STR00016## ##STR00017## ##STR00018##
##STR00019## ##STR00020## ##STR00021## ##STR00022## ##STR00023##
##STR00024## ##STR00025## ##STR00026## ##STR00027## ##STR00028##
##STR00029## ##STR00030## ##STR00031## ##STR00032## ##STR00033##
##STR00034## ##STR00035## ##STR00036## ##STR00037## ##STR00038##
##STR00039## ##STR00040##
[0033] The compounds of the first aspect may be provided as a salt,
preferably as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compounds of
formula (I). Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of these
compounds include those derived from organic acids such as acetic
acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, oxalic
acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid,
salicylic acid, phenylacetic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulphonic
acid, benzenesulphonic acid and p-toluenesulphonic acid, mineral
acids such as hydrochloric and sulphuric acid and the like, giving
methanesulphonate, benzenesulphonate, p-toluenesulphonate,
hydrochloride and sulphate, and the like, respectively or those
derived from bases such as organic and inorganic bases. Examples of
suitable inorganic bases for the formation of salts of compounds
for this invention include the hydroxides, carbonates, and
bicarbonates of ammonia, lithium, sodium, calcium, potassium,
aluminium, iron, magnesium, zinc and the like. Salts can also be
formed with suitable organic bases. Such bases suitable for the
formation of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts with
compounds of the present invention include organic bases, which are
nontoxic and strong enough to form salts. Such organic bases are
already well known in the art and may include amino acids such as
arginine and lysine, mono-, di-, or trihydroxyalkylamines such as
mono-, di-, and triethanolamine, choline, mono-, di-, and
trialkylamines, such as methylamine, dimethylamine, and
trimethylamine, guanidine; N-methylglucosamine; N-methylpiperazine;
morpholine; ethylenediamine; N-benzylphenethylamine;
tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane; and the like.
[0034] Salts may be prepared in a conventional manner using methods
well known in the art. Acid addition salts of said basic compounds
may be prepared by dissolving the free base compounds according to
the first aspect of the invention in aqueous or aqueous alcohol
solution or other suitable solvents containing the required acid.
Where a compound of the invention contains an acidic function, a
base salt of said compound may be prepared by reacting said
compound with a suitable base. The acid or base salt may separate
directly or can be obtained by concentrating the solution e.g. by
evaporation. The compounds of this invention may also exist in
solvated or hydrated forms.
[0035] The invention also extends to a prodrug of the
aforementioned compounds such as an ester or amide thereof. A
prodrug is any compound that may be converted under physiological
conditions or by solvolysis to any of the compounds of the
invention or to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds
of the invention. A prodrug may be inactive when administered to a
subject but is converted in vivo to an active compound of the
invention.
[0036] The compounds of the invention may contain one or more
asymmetric carbon atoms and may exist in racemic and optically
active forms. The compounds of the invention may exist in trans or
cis form. The first aspect of the invention covers all of these
compounds.
[0037] The second aspect of the invention provides a process for
the manufacture of a compound of formula (I) as defined in the
first aspect of the invention comprising removal of group R.sup.40
from an intermediate (III)
##STR00041##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first
aspect, wherein R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group. The pyrrole
nitrogen can be protected using any protection known in the art
including R.sup.31SO.sub.2, R.sup.31C(O), R.sup.31.sub.3Si,
R.sup.31OCH.sub.2, (R.sup.31).sub.2NSO.sub.2,
(R.sup.31).sub.2NC(O), R.sup.31OC(O), R.sup.31(R.sup.31O)CH,
R.sup.31CH.sub.2CH.sub.2, R.sup.31CH.sub.2, PhC(O)CH.sub.2,
CH.sub.2.dbd.CH, ClCH.sub.2CH.sub.2, Ph.sub.3C,
Ph.sub.2(4-pyridyl)C, Me.sub.2N, HO--CH.sub.2, R.sup.31OCH.sub.2,
(R.sup.31).sub.3SiOCH.sub.2, (R.sup.31O).sub.2CH,
t-BuOC(O)CH.sub.2, Me.sub.2NCH.sub.2, and tetrahydropyranylamine;
and wherein R.sup.31 is C.sub.1-6 alkyl or C.sub.6-12 aryl.
[0038] More preferably R.sup.40 is sulfonamide, most preferably
benzenesulfonamide, (R.sup.31).sub.2NSO.sub.2, and
(R.sup.31).sub.2NC(O).
[0039] Removal of the protecting group can be afforded using
conditions relevant to the protecting group used i.e. sulfonamide
or amide protection can be removed by hydrolysis under basic
conditions for example sodium hydroxide in water-ethanol, and silyl
protection can be removed under acidic conditions for example TFA,
HCl or using a source of fluoride, for example TBAF.
[0040] The third aspect of the invention provides a compound of
formula (III)
##STR00042##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first
aspect and R.sup.40 is a nitrogen protecting group as defined in
the second aspect of the invention.
[0041] A compound of formula (III) may undergo one or more further
reactions to provide a different compound of formula (III). For
example, a compound may undergo a reduction, oxidation,
elimination, substitution and/or addition reaction.
[0042] The fourth aspect of the invention provides a process for
the manufacture of a compound of formula (III) as defined in the
third aspect of the invention comprising a) reaction of a compound
of formula (II) with stannane R.sup.1--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the
presence of a palladium catalyst or b) reaction of a compound of
formula (II) with boronic acid or ester R.sup.1--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2
in a presence of a suitable palladium catalyst or c) reaction of a
compound of formula (II) with silane R.sup.1--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in
the presence of a palladium catalyst;
##STR00043##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first
aspect; wherein R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group as defined in
the second aspect; wherein X is F, Cl, Br I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3
preferably I or Br; and wherein R.sup.32 is independently C.sub.1-6
alkyl; wherein R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6
alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together optionally form a
five, six or seven membered ring with the boron and oxygen atoms,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with one or more
C.sub.1-6 alkyl group. Preferably, R.sup.33 is hydrogen or both
R.sup.33 groups form the group
--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2--; and wherein R.sup.34 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, OH.
[0043] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
[0044] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
a) for the fourth aspect is a Stille reaction, which can be carried
out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed, Engl. 1986, 25, 508;
Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
2002, 124, 6343.
[0045] The reaction set out as option b) for the fourth aspect is a
Suzuki reaction which can be carried out according to Suzuki Pure
Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2000, 122,
4020.
[0046] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
c) for the fourth aspect is a Hiyama reaction which can be carried
out according to Hatanaka et al. J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53, 918,
Hatanaka et al. Synlett, 1991, 845, Tamao et al. Tetrahedron Lett.
1989, 30, 6051 or Denmark et al. Org. Lett. 2000, 2, 565, ibid.
2491.
[0047] It will further be appreciated than when R.sup.40 is
replaced with hydrogen the process of the fourth aspect yields a
compound of formula (I) as defined in the first aspect of the
invention.
[0048] The fifth aspect of the invention provides a process for the
manufacture of a compound of formula (II) comprising protection of
the pyrrole nitrogen.
##STR00044##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect of
the invention; wherein X is as defined in the fourth aspect of the
invention; and wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect
of the invention.
[0049] The sixth aspect of the invention provides a compound of
formula (II)
##STR00045##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is a nitrogen protecting group defined in the
second aspect of the invention; and wherein X is as defined in the
fourth aspect of the invention.
[0050] The seventh aspect of the invention provides a process for
the manufacture of a compound of formula (IV) comprising
desilylation of a compound of formula (V)
##STR00046##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect of
the invention; and wherein X and R.sup.34 are as defined in the
fourth aspect.
[0051] Removal of the silyl group in (V) can be achieved under
standard conditions by employing either a fluoride source (e.g.
tetrabutylammonium fluoride) or acid (e.g. trifluoroacetic acid,
HCl, etc).
[0052] The eighth aspect of the invention provides a compound of
formula (IV)
##STR00047##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein X is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0053] The ninth aspect of the invention provides a process for the
manufacture of a compound of formula (I) as defined in the first
aspect of the invention comprising a) reaction of a compound of
formula (IV) with stannane R.sup.1--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the
presence of a palladium catalyst or b) reaction of a compound of
formula (IV) with boronic acid or ester R.sup.1--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2
in a presence of a suitable palladium catalyst or c) reaction of a
compound of formula (IV) with silane R.sup.1--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in
the presence of a palladium catalyst;
##STR00048##
wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the
first aspect; wherein X is F, Cl, Br I or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3
preferably I or Br; and wherein R.sup.32 is independently C.sub.1-6
alkyl; wherein R.sup.33 is independently hydrogen or C.sub.1-6
alkyl or wherein two R.sup.33 groups together optionally form a
five, six or seven membered ring with the boron and oxygen atoms,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with one or more
C.sub.1-6 alkyl group. Preferably, R.sup.33 is hydrogen or both
R.sup.33 groups form the group
--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2--; and wherein R.sup.34 is
independently C.sub.1-6 alkyl, F, OH.
[0054] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
[0055] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
a) for the ninth aspect is a Stille reaction, which can be carried
out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed, Engl. 1986, 25, 508;
Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
2002, 124, 6343.
[0056] The reaction set out as option b) for the ninth aspect is a
Suzuki reaction which can be carried out according to Suzuki Pure
Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2000, 122,
4020.
[0057] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
c) for the ninth aspect is a Hiyama reaction which can be carried
out according to Hatanaka et al. J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53, 918,
Hatanaka et al. Synlett, 1991, 845, Tamao et al. Tetrahedron Lett.
1989, 30, 6051 or Denmark et al. Org. Lett. 2000, 2, 565, ibid.
2491.
[0058] The tenth aspect of the invention provides a compound of
formula (V)
##STR00049##
wherein R.sup.2, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; and
wherein X and R.sup.34 are as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0059] The eleventh aspect of the invention provides a process for
the manufacture of a compound of formula (V) as defined in the
tenth aspect of the invention comprising a reaction of acetylene of
formula (VI) with iodoaminopyridine (VII)
##STR00050##
wherein R.sup.2, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect of the
invention; wherein X is as defined in the fourth aspect; and
wherein R.sup.34 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0060] Compounds (VI) and (VII) undergo a palladium-catalyzed
annulation reaction under conditions similar to those described by
Park et al. (Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 627) to afford novel
azaindole (V).
##STR00051##
[0061] Silylated acetylene (VI) can be obtained from aldehyde
(VIII), which can be converted into dibromide (IX) using the method
described by Corey and Fuchs (Tetrahedron Lett. 1972, 36, 3769).
Subsequent reaction of dibromide (IX) with n-BuLi followed by
silylation under standard conditions affords silylated acetylene
(VI).
[0062] The twelfth aspect of the invention provides an alternative
process for the introduction of the group R.sup.1 to obtain a
compound of formula (ITT) as defined in the third aspect of the
invention comprising reaction of a) boronic acid or ester (X) or b)
stannane (XI) or c) silane (XII) with R.sup.1-Hal in the presence
of a suitable palladium catalyst
##STR00052##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first
aspect; and wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second
aspect.
[0063] More preferably R.sup.40 is sulfonamide, most preferably
benzenesulfonamide, (R.sup.31).sub.2NSO.sub.2, and
(R.sup.31).sub.2NC(O),
wherein Hal is I, Br, Cl, F or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3; wherein R.sup.32
is as defined in the fourth aspect; wherein R.sup.33 is as defined
in the fourth aspect; and wherein R.sup.34 is as defined in the
fourth aspect.
[0064] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P (t-Bu).sub.3.
[0065] The reaction of R.sup.1-Hal set out as option a) for the
twelfth aspect is a Suzuki reaction which can be carried out
according to Suzuki Pure Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2000, 122, 4020. The boronic ester (X) can then be
reacted with a halide or triflate R.sup.1-Hal, preferably iodide or
bromide in the presence of a palladium catalyst. Suitable catalysts
for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd,
Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3, Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), or
Pd(OAc).sub.2.
[0066] It will be appreciated that the reaction of R.sup.1-Hal set
out as option b) for the twelfth aspect is a Stille reaction, which
can be carried out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed, Engl.
1986, 25, 508; Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et al. J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 6343. The stannyl derivative (XI) can be
reacted with a halide or triflate (R.sup.1-Hal), preferably iodide
or bromide, in the presence of a palladium catalyst. Suitable
catalysts for the purpose of this invention are those suitable for
Stille coupling reaction for example PdCl.sub.2(MeCN).sub.2,
Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3, or Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3, Pd(dba).sub.2
(dba=dibenzylidenacetone).
[0067] It will be appreciated that the reaction of R.sup.1-Hal set
out as option c) for the twelfth aspect is a Hiyama reaction which
can be carried out according to Hatanaka et al. J. Org. Chem. 1988,
53, 918, Hatanaka et al. Synlett, 1991, 845, Tamao et al.
Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 6051 or Denmark et al. Org. Lett. 2000,
2, 565, ibid. 2491. Compound (XII) can be reacted with a halide or
triflate (R.sup.1-Hal), preferably iodide or bromide, in the
presence of a palladium catalyst. Suitable catalysts for the
purpose of this invention are those suitable for Hiyama coupling
reaction for example [PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2,
Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3, or Pd(dba).sub.2
(dba=dibenzylidenacetone).
[0068] Compound of formula (X) can be formed, for example, from a
compound of formula (II) by reaction with a strong base such as
tert-BuLi followed by trialkylborate B(OR.sup.33).sub.3.
##STR00053##
[0069] Alternatively, compound (X) can be prepared by incubating a
compound of formula (II) with B(R.sup.35).sub.3 or
(R.sup.35).sub.2B--B(R.sup.35).sub.2 wherein each R.sup.35 is
independently hydrogen or OR.sup.3, wherein R.sup.3 is as defined
in the fourth aspect. Preferably two OR.sup.3 groups form the group
--OC(CH.sub.3).sub.2--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2O--. Conversion of (II) to
(X) can be catalysed by a palladium catalyst, such as PdCl.sub.2 or
PdCl.sub.2(1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene).
##STR00054##
[0070] For example, compound (II) (X.dbd.Br, E=G=L=hydrogen), may
be converted into the relevant pinacol boronic ester (X).
##STR00055##
[0071] Formation of a compound of formula (XI) from a compound of
formula (II) can be achieved by reaction with a strong base such as
tert-BuLi followed by (R.sup.32).sub.3Sn-Hal wherein each R.sup.2
is as defined in the fourth aspect of the invention.
##STR00056##
[0072] Silicon derivative of formula (XII) may be synthesized from
a compound of formula (II) by reaction with a strong base such as
n-BuLi or tert-BuLi followed by halosilane (R.sup.34).sub.3Si-Hal
or siloxane [(R.sup.34).sub.2SiO].sub.3 wherein each R.sup.34 is as
defined in the fourth aspect of the invention
##STR00057##
[0073] The thirteenth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (X)
##STR00058##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect; and wherein
R.sup.33 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0074] A preferred compound of formula (X), (Xa) is illustrated
below, wherein E, G, and L are hydrogen, and R.sup.40 and R.sup.2
are as defined above.
##STR00059##
[0075] An intermediate of the thirteenth aspect of the invention
may be converted into another intermediate of the thirteenth
aspect. For example, an intermediate compound may undergo a
reduction, oxidation, elimination, substitution and/or addition
reaction.
[0076] The fourteenth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XI):
##STR00060##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect; and wherein
R.sup.2 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0077] An intermediate of the fourteenth aspect of the invention
may be converted into another intermediate of the fourteenth
aspect. For example, an intermediate compound may undergo a
reduction, oxidation, elimination, substitution and/or addition
reaction.
[0078] The fifteenth aspect of the invention provides a compound of
formula (XII)
##STR00061##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect; and wherein
R.sup.34 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0079] An intermediate of the fifteenth aspect of the invention may
be converted into another intermediate of the fifteenth aspect. For
example, an intermediate compound may undergo a reduction,
oxidation, elimination, substitution and/or addition reaction.
[0080] The sixteenth aspect of the invention provides an
alternative process for the introduction of the group R.sup.1 to
obtain a compound of formula (I) as defined in the first aspect of
the invention comprising reaction of a) boronic acid or ester (L)
or b) stannane (LI) or c) silane (LII) with R.sup.1-Hal in the
presence of a suitable palladium catalyst.
##STR00062##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first
aspect; wherein Hal is I, Br, Cl, F or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3; wherein
R.sup.32 is as defined in the fourth aspect; wherein R.sup.33 is as
defined in the fourth aspect; and wherein R.sup.34 is as defined in
the fourth aspect.
[0081] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
[0082] The reaction of R.sup.1-Hal set out as option a) for the
sixteenth aspect is a Suzuki reaction which can be carried out
according to Suzuki Pure Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2000, 122, 4020. The boronic ester (L) can then be
reacted with a halide or triflate R.sup.1-Hal, preferably iodide or
bromide in the presence of a palladium catalyst. Suitable catalysts
for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd,
Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3, Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), or
Pd(OAc).sub.2.
[0083] It will be appreciated that the reaction of R.sup.1-Hal set
out as option b) for the sixteenth aspect is a Stille reaction,
which can be carried out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed,
Engl. 1986, 25, 508; Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et
al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 6343. The stannyl derivative (LI)
can be reacted with a halide or triflate (R.sup.1-Hal), preferably
iodide or bromide, in the presence of a palladium catalyst.
Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention are those
suitable for Stille coupling reaction for example
PdCl.sub.2(MeCN).sub.2, Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3, or Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone).
[0084] It will be appreciated that the reaction of R.sup.1-Hal set
out as option c) for the sixteenth aspect is a Hiyama reaction
which can be carried out according to Hatanaka et al. J. Org. Chem.
1988, 53, 918, Hatanaka et al. Synlett, 1991, 845, Tamao et al.
Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 6051 or Denmark et al. Org. Lett. 2000,
2, 565, ibid. 2491. Compound (LII) can be reacted with a halide or
triflate (R.sup.1-Hal), preferably iodide or bromide, in the
presence of a palladium catalyst. Suitable catalysts for the
purpose of this invention are those suitable for Hiyama coupling
reaction for example [PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2,
Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3, or Pd(dba).sub.2
(dba=dibenzylidenacetone).
[0085] Compound of formula (L) can be formed, for example, from a
compound of formula (IV) by reaction with a strong base such as
tert-BuLi followed by trialkylborate B(OR.sup.33).sub.3.
##STR00063##
[0086] Alternatively, compound (L) can be prepared by incubating a
compound of formula (IV) with B(R.sup.35).sub.3 or
(R.sup.35).sub.2B--B(R.sup.35).sub.2 wherein each R.sup.35 is
independently hydrogen or OR.sup.33, wherein R.sup.33 is as defined
in the fourth aspect. Preferably two OR.sup.3 groups form the group
--OC(CH.sub.3).sub.2--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2O--. Conversion of (IV) to
(L) can be catalysed by a palladium catalyst, such as PdCl.sub.2 or
PdCl.sub.2(1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene).
##STR00064##
[0087] For example, compound (II) (X.dbd.Br, E=G=L=H), may be
converted into the relevant pinacol boronic ester (L).
##STR00065##
[0088] Formation of a compound of formula (LI) from a compound of
formula (IV) can be achieved by reaction with a strong base such as
tert-BuLi followed by (R.sup.32).sub.3Sn-Hal wherein each R.sup.2
is as defined in the fourth aspect of the invention.
##STR00066##
[0089] Silicon derivative of formula (LII) may be synthesized from
a compound of formula (IV) by reaction with a strong base such as
n-BuLi or tert-BuLi followed by halosilane (R.sup.34).sub.3Si-Hal
or siloxane [(R.sup.34).sub.2SiO].sub.3 wherein each R.sup.34 is as
defined in the fourth aspect of the invention.
##STR00067##
[0090] The seventeenth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (L)
##STR00068##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein R.sup.33 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0091] A preferred compound of formula (L), (La) is illustrated
below, wherein E=G=L=hydrogen and R.sup.2 is as defined above.
##STR00069##
[0092] An intermediate of the seventeenth aspect of the invention
may be converted into another intermediate of the seventeenth
aspect. For example, an intermediate compound may undergo a
reduction, oxidation, elimination, substitution and/or addition
reaction.
[0093] The eighteenth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (LI)
##STR00070##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein R.sup.32 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0094] An intermediate of the eighteenth aspect of the invention
may be converted into another intermediate of the eighteenth
aspect. For example, an intermediate compound may undergo a
reduction, oxidation, elimination, substitution and/or addition
reaction.
[0095] The nineteenth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (LII)
##STR00071##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein R.sup.34 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0096] An intermediate of the nineteenth aspect of the invention
may be converted into another intermediate of the nineteenth
aspect. For example, an intermediate compound may undergo a
reduction, oxidation, elimination, substitution and/or addition
reaction.
[0097] The twentieth aspect of the invention provides a process for
the manufacture of an intermediate of formula (III) comprising a)
reaction of a compound of formula (XIII) with stannane
R.sup.2--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the presence of a palladium catalyst
or b) reaction of a compound of formula (XIII) with boronic acid or
ester R.sup.2--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in a presence of a suitable
palladium catalyst or c) reaction of a compound of formula (XIII)
with silane R.sup.2--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in the presence of a
palladium catalyst;
##STR00072##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first
aspect; wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect;
wherein R.sup.32, R.sup.33 and R.sup.34 are as defined in the
fourth aspect; and wherein X.sup.2 is F, Cl, Br, I or
CF.sub.3SO.sub.2, preferably Br or I.
[0098] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3
[0099] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
a) for the twentieth aspect is a Stille reaction, which can be
carried out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed, Engl. 1986,
25, 508; Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et al. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 6343.
[0100] The reaction set out as option b) for the twentieth aspect
is a Suzuki reaction which can be carried out according to Suzuki
Pure Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2000,
122, 4020.
[0101] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
c) for the twentieth aspect is a Hiyama reaction which can be
carried out according to Hatanaka et al. J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53,
918, Hatanaka et al. Synlett, 1991, 845, Tamao et al. Tetrahedron
Lett. 1989, 30, 6051 or Denmark et al. Org. Lett. 2000, 2, 565,
ibid. 2491.
[0102] The twenty first aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XIII)
##STR00073##
wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect; and R.sup.40
is an amino protecting group as defined in the second aspect with
the proviso that when R.sup.40 is Si(R.sup.31).sub.3, and R.sup.1
is a five-membered heterocyclyl at least one of R.sup.31 is not
C.sub.1-6 alkyl. The protecting group R.sup.40 is preferably
selected from R.sup.31SO.sub.2, R.sup.31C(O)--, or
(R.sup.31).sub.2NC(O)-- wherein R.sup.31 is C.sub.1-12 alkyl or
C.sub.6-12 aryl, or R.sup.31.sub.3Si wherein at least one of
R.sup.31 is C.sub.7-12 alkyl or C.sub.6-12 aryl and one or more of
the remaining R.sup.31 groups are independently C.sub.1-12 alkyl or
C.sub.6-12 aryl.
[0103] An intermediate of the twenty first aspect of the invention
may be converted into another intermediate of the twenty first
aspect. For example, an intermediate compound may undergo a
reduction, oxidation, elimination, substitution and/or addition
reaction.
[0104] The twenty second aspect of the invention provides an
alternative process for the introduction of the group R.sup.2 to
obtain a compound of formula (III) as defined in the third aspect
of the invention comprising reaction of a) boronic acid or ester
(XIV) or b) stannane (XV) or c) silane (XVI) with R.sup.2-Hal in
the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst.
##STR00074##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first
aspect; and wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second
aspect.
[0105] More preferably R.sup.40 is silyl, preferably
tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), or sulfonamide, most preferably
benzenesulfonamide, (R.sup.40).sub.2NSO.sub.2, and
(R.sup.40).sub.2NC(O),
wherein Hal is I, Br, Cl, F or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, preferably I or
Br; wherein R.sup.32 is as defined in the fourth aspect; wherein
R.sup.33 is as defined in the fourth aspect; and wherein R.sup.34
is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0106] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
[0107] The reaction of R.sup.2-Hal set out as option a) for the
twenty second aspect is a Suzuki reaction which can be carried out
according to Suzuki Pure Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2000, 122, 4020. The boronic ester (XIV) can then be
reacted with a halide or triflate (R.sup.2-Hal), preferably iodide
or bromide in the presence of a palladium catalyst. Suitable
catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd,
Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3, Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), or
Pd(OAc).sub.2.
[0108] It will be appreciated that the reaction of R.sup.2-Hal set
out as option b) for the twenty second aspect is a Stille reaction,
which can be carried out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed,
Engl. 1986, 25, 508; Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et
al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 6343. The stannyl derivative (XV)
can be reacted with a halide or triflate (R.sup.2-Hal), preferably
iodide or bromide, in the presence of a palladium catalyst.
Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention are those
suitable for Stille coupling reaction, for example
PdCl.sub.2(MeCN).sub.2, Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3 or
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone).
[0109] It will be appreciated that the reaction of R.sup.2-Hal set
out as option c) for the twenty second aspect is a Hiyama reaction
which can be carried out according to Hatanaka et al. J. Org. Chem.
1988, 53, 918, Hatanaka et al. Synlett, 1991, 845, Tamao et al.
Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 6051 or Denmark et al. Org. Lett. 2000,
2, 565, ibid. 2491. Compound (XVI) can be reacted with a halide or
triflate (R.sup.2-Hal), preferably iodide or bromide, in the
presence of a palladium catalyst. Suitable catalysts for the
purpose of this invention are those suitable for Hiyama coupling
reaction for example [PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2,
Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3, or Pd(dba).sub.2
(dba=dibenzylidenacetone).
[0110] Compound of formula (XIV) can be formed, for example, from a
compound of formula (XIII) by reaction with a strong base such as
tert-BuLi followed by trialkylborate B(OR.sup.33).sub.3--
##STR00075##
[0111] Alternatively, compound (XIV) can be prepared by incubating
a compound of formula (XIII) with B(R.sup.35).sub.3 or
(R.sup.35).sub.2B--B(R.sup.35).sub.2 wherein each R.sup.35 is
independently hydrogen or OR.sup.33, wherein R.sup.33 is as defined
in the fourth aspect. Preferably two OR.sup.33 groups form the
group --OC(CH.sub.3).sub.2--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2O--. Conversion of
(XIII) to (XIV) can be catalysed by a palladium catalyst, such as
PdCl.sub.2 or PdCl.sub.2(1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene).
##STR00076##
[0112] For example, compound (XIII) (E=G=L=hydrogen, X.dbd.Br), may
be converted into the relevant pinacol boronic ester (XIV).
##STR00077##
[0113] Formation of a compound of formula (XV) from a compound of
formula (XIII) can be achieved by reaction with a strong base such
as tert-BuLi followed by (R.sup.32).sub.3Sn-Hal wherein each
R.sup.32 is as defined in the fourth aspect of the invention.
##STR00078##
[0114] Silicon derivative of formula (XVI) may be synthesized from
a compound of formula (XIII) by reaction with a strong base such as
n-BuLi or tert-BuLi followed by halosilane (R.sup.34).sub.3Si-Hal
or siloxane [(R.sup.34).sub.2SiO].sub.3,
##STR00079##
wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect of the
invention; and wherein R.sup.34 is as defined in the fourth aspect
of the invention; wherein Hal is as defined in the eleventh aspect
of the invention; and wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the
fifteenth aspect.
[0115] The twenty third aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XIV),
##STR00080##
wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is defined in the second aspect; and wherein
R.sup.33 is defined in the fourth aspect.
[0116] The twenty fourth aspect of the invention provides a
compound of formula (XV)
##STR00081##
wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect; and wherein
R.sup.2 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0117] The twenty fifth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XVI)
##STR00082##
wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect; and wherein
R.sup.34 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0118] The twenty-sixth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the manufacturing of compound of formula (XIII) by the addition
of the R.sup.40 group to a compound of general formula (XVII).
##STR00083##
[0119] Conditions for the introduction of the protecting group
R.sup.40 will depend upon the protecting group used. Compound
(XIII) can be produced by the initial formation of the relevant
salt, for example by treatment with BuLi in THF or NaH in DMF,
followed by reaction of the salt with an electrophile such as
sulfonyl halide, or acid chloride. Alternatively a compound of
formula (XIII) can be produced by the direct reaction of compound
(XVII) with an electrophile such as benzenesulfonyl halide,
preferably benzenesulfonyl chloride. This reaction is preferably
carried out in the presence of base (such as sodium hydroxide) and
a phase transfer catalyst such as tetra-n-butylammonium bromide or
tetra-n-butylammonium hydrogen sulphate.
[0120] The twenty-seventh aspect of the invention provides a
compound of formula (XVII)
##STR00084##
wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect.
[0121] An intermediate of the twenty-seventh aspect of the
invention may be converted into another intermediate of the
twenty-seventh aspect. For example, an intermediate compound may
undergo a reduction, oxidation, elimination, substitution and/or
addition reaction.
[0122] The twenty eighth aspect of the invention provides an
alternative process for the introduction of the group R.sup.2 to
obtain a compound of formula (I) as defined in the first aspect of
the invention comprising reaction of a) boronic acid or ester (LIV)
or b) stannane (LV) or c) silane (LVI) with R.sup.2-Hal in the
presence of a suitable palladium catalyst,
##STR00085##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first
aspect; wherein Hal is I, Br, Cl, F or CF.sub.3SO.sub.3, preferably
I or Br; wherein R.sup.32 is as defined in the fourth aspect;
wherein R.sup.33 is as defined in the fourth aspect; and wherein
R.sup.34 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0123] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
[0124] The reaction of R.sup.2-Hal set out as option a) for the
twenty eighth aspect is a Suzuki reaction which can be carried out
according to Suzuki Pure Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2000, 122, 4020. The boronic ester (LIV) can then be
reacted with a halide or triflate (R.sup.2-Hal), preferably iodide
or bromide in the presence of a palladium catalyst. Suitable
catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd,
Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3, Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), or
Pd(OAc).sub.2.
[0125] It will be appreciated that the reaction of R.sup.2-Hal set
out as option b) for the twenty eighth aspect is a Stille reaction,
which can be carried out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed,
Engl. 1986, 25, 508; Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et
al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 6343. The stannyl derivative (LV)
can be reacted with a halide or triflate (R.sup.2-Hal), preferably
iodide or bromide, in the presence of a palladium catalyst.
Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention are those
suitable for Stille coupling reaction, for example
PdCl.sub.2(MeCN).sub.2, Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3 or
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone).
[0126] It will be appreciated that the reaction of R.sup.2-Hal set
out as option c) for the twenty eighth aspect is a Hiyama reaction
which can be carried out according to Hatanaka et al. J. Org. Chem.
1988, 53, 918, Hatanaka et al. Synlett, 1991, 845, Tamao et al.
Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 6051 or Denmark et al. Org. Lett. 2000,
2, 565, ibid. 2491. Compound (LVI) can be reacted with a halide or
triflate (R.sup.2-Hal), preferably iodide or bromide, in the
presence of a palladium catalyst. Suitable catalysts for the
purpose of this invention are those suitable for Hiyama coupling
reaction for example [PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2,
Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3, or Pd(dba).sub.2
(dba=dibenzylidenacetone).
[0127] Compound of formula (LIV) can be formed, for example, from a
compound of formula (XVII) by reaction with a strong base such as
tert-BuLi followed by trialkylborate B(OR.sup.33).sub.3.
##STR00086##
[0128] Alternatively, compound (LIV) can be prepared by incubating
a compound of formula (XVII) with B(R.sup.35).sub.3 or
(R.sup.35).sub.2B--B(R.sup.35).sub.2 wherein each R.sup.35 is
independently hydrogen or OR.sup.33, wherein R.sup.33 is as defined
in the fourth aspect. Preferably two OR.sup.33 groups form the
group --OC(CH.sub.3).sub.2--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2O--. Conversion of
(XVII) to (LIV) can be catalysed by a palladium catalyst, such as
PdCl.sub.2 or PdCl.sub.2(1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene).
##STR00087##
[0129] For example, compound (XVII) (E=G=L=hydrogen, X.dbd.Br), may
be converted into the relevant pinacol boronic ester (LIV).
##STR00088##
[0130] Formation of a compound of formula (LV) from a compound of
formula (XVII) can be achieved by reaction with a strong base such
as tert-BuLi followed by (R.sup.32).sub.3Sn-Hal wherein each
R.sup.32 is as defined in the fourth aspect of the invention.
##STR00089##
[0131] Silicon derivative of formula (LVI) may be synthesized from
a compound of formula (XVII) by reaction with a strong base such as
n-BuLi or tert-BuLi followed by halosilane (R.sup.34).sub.3Si-Hal
or siloxane [(R.sup.34).sub.2SiO].sub.3,
##STR00090##
wherein R.sup.34 is as defined in the fourth aspect of the
invention; wherein Hal is as defined in the twelfth aspect of the
invention; and X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect.
[0132] The twenty ninth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (LIV),
##STR00091##
wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein R.sup.33 is defined in the fourth aspect.
[0133] The thirtieth aspect of the invention provides a compound of
formula (LV),
##STR00092##
wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein R.sup.2 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0134] The thirty first aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (LVI),
##STR00093##
wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein R.sup.34 is as defined in the fourth aspect.
[0135] The thirty second aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (XVII) by the
introduction of an X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula (XVIII).
Compound (XVII) can be produced from compound (XVIII) by
halogenation under anhydrous conditions or by reaction with ICl
under basic conditions (such as pyridine or i-Pr.sub.2NEt in a
chlorinated solvent such as CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, CHCl.sub.3,
CCl.sub.4) or NBS in an anhydrous solvent such as CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2,
CHCl.sub.3, CCl.sub.4)--Where X.sup.2 is iodine, it may preferably
be introduced by direct action of I.sub.2 on (XVIII) in the
presence of a strong base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium
hydroxide in anhydrous solvent such as dimethylformamide.
##STR00094##
[0136] Methods for producing compound of formula (XVIII,
E=G=L=hydrogen) are disclosed in GB0207488.8.
[0137] Where X.sup.2 is SO.sub.3CF.sub.3, X.sup.2 is introduced in
a two step process involving oxidation (with for example magnesium
monoperphthalate in refluxing acetic acid) or with MoO.sub.5.HMPA)
followed by incubation with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in
the presence of a non-nucleophilic base such as
2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylpyridine.
##STR00095##
[0138] The thirty third aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (XIII) by the
introduction of the X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula
(XIX).
##STR00096##
[0139] The compound of formula (XIX) is provided by the
introduction of a R.sup.40 group into a compound of formula
(XVIII). In particular where R.sup.40 is a silyl group,
introduction of R.sup.40 occurs prior to the introduction of
X.sup.2.
##STR00097##
[0140] Thus, a skilled person will appreciate that the actual
synthetic sequence to prepare compound (XIII) will depend on the
type of protecting group R.sup.40 used.
[0141] The thirty fourth aspect of the invention provides a
compound of formula (XIX)
##STR00098##
wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect.
[0142] The thirty fifth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (IIIa) containing the
4-substituted oxazole ring by the reaction of aldehyde (XX) with a
TOSMIC type reagent (XXI),
##STR00099##
wherein R.sup.6 is X or R.sup.1; wherein R.sup.1, E, G, and L are
as defined in the first aspect; wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in
the second aspect; wherein X is as defined in the fourth aspect;
wherein R.sup.37 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, preferably methyl or
ethyl; and wherein R.sup.38 is an C.sub.6-12 aryl, preferably tolyl
or phenyl.
[0143] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out for the
thirty fifth aspect is a TOSMIC reaction, which has been reviewed
by van Leusen, D. and van Leusen A. M. (Organic Reactions 2001, 57,
417), and which can be carried out under conditions similar to
those used by Murali Dhar et al. (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2002,
12, 3305).
[0144] Methods of producing compound (XX) are disclosed in GB
0311313.1.
[0145] The thirty sixth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (IIIb) containing the
2-substituted oxazole ring by the reaction of aldehyde (XX) with a
reagent (XXII),
##STR00100##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect; wherein R.sup.36 is as
defined in the thirty fifth aspect; wherein R.sup.38 is as defined
in the thirty fifth aspect; wherein R.sup.39 is a hydrogen,
C.sub.1-2 alkyl, C.sub.2-12 alkenyl, C.sub.2-12 alkynyl, haloalkyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.nOR.sup.3,
(CH.sub.2).sub.nNR.sup.3.sub.2, OR.sup.3, SR.sup.3, NO.sub.2, CN,
NR.sup.3.sub.2, NR.sup.3COR.sup.3, NR.sup.3CONR.sup.3.sub.2,
NR.sup.3COR.sup.3, NR.sup.3CO.sub.2R.sup.3, CO.sub.2R.sup.3,
COR.sup.3, CONR.sup.3.sub.2, S(O).sub.2R.sup.3, SONR.sup.3.sub.2,
S(O)R.sup.3, SO.sub.2NR.sup.3.sub.2, or NR.sup.3S(O).sub.2R.sup.3
wherein the C.sub.1-12 alkyl group optionally contains one or more
insertions selected from --O--, --N(R.sup.3)-- --S--, --S(O)-- and
--S(O.sub.2)--; wherein R.sup.3 is as defined in the first aspect
of the invention; wherein R.sup.41 is OR.sup.42 or SR.sup.42; and
wherein R.sup.42 is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, preferably methyl or
ethyl.
[0146] The reaction set out for the thirty sixth aspect can be
carried out using conditions similar to these described by Houwing
et al. (Tetrahedron Lett. 1976, 2, 143).
[0147] The thirty seventh aspect of the invention provides a
process for the production of a compound of formula (IIIc)
containing the triazole ring by the reaction of iminoester (XXIII)
with formic acid hydrazide.
##STR00101##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect; wherein
R.sup.43 is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl; and
wherein X.sup.3 is F, Cl, Br, I, HSO.sub.4.sup.-,
CF.sub.3SO.sub.3.sup.-.
[0148] The reaction set out for the thirty seventh aspect can be
carried out in a suitable solvent such as ethanol in the presence
of tertiary amine, preferably triethylamine.
[0149] The thirty eighth aspect of the invention provides a
compound of formula (XXIII)
##STR00102##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect; and wherein
R.sup.43 and X.sup.3 are as defined in the thirty seventh
aspect.
[0150] The thirty ninth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of an iminoester of formula (XXIII) by the
reaction of nitrile (XXIV) with alcohol R.sup.43OH in the presence
of mineral acid HX.sup.3.
##STR00103##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect; and wherein
R.sup.43 and X.sup.3 are as defined in the thirty seventh
aspect.
[0151] The fortieth aspect of the invention provides a compound of
formula (XXIV),
##STR00104##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
and wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in the second aspect.
[0152] The forty first aspect of the invention provides a process
for the manufacture of nitrile of formula (XXIV) as defined in the
fortieth aspect of the invention comprising a) reaction of a
compound of formula (XXV) with stannane R.sup.2--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3
in the presence of a palladium catalyst or b) reaction of a
compound of formula (XXV) with boronic acid or ester
R.sup.2--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in a presence of a suitable palladium
catalyst or c) reaction of a compound of formula (XXV) with silane
R.sup.2--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in the presence of a palladium
catalyst;
##STR00105##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group as defined in the
second aspect; wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth
aspect; and wherein R.sup.32, R.sup.33, and R.sup.34 are as defined
in the fourth aspect.
[0153] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
[0154] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
a) for the forty first aspect is a Stille reaction, which can be
carried out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed, Engl. 1986,
25, 508; Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et al. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 6343.
[0155] The reaction set out as option b) for the forty first aspect
is a Suzuki reaction which can be carried out according to Suzuki
Pure Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2000,
122, 4020.
[0156] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
c) for the forty first aspect is a Hiyama reaction which can be
carried out according to Hatanaka et al. J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53,
918, Hatanaka et al. Synlett, 1991, 845, Tamao et al. Tetrahedron
Lett. 1989, 30, 6051 or Denmark et al. Org. Lett. 2000, 2, 565,
ibid. 2491.
[0157] The forty second aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XXV),
##STR00106##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group as defined in the second
aspect; and wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth
aspect.
[0158] The forty third aspect of the invention provides a process
for the manufacture of a compound of formula (XXV) comprising
protection of the pyrrole nitrogen in compound (XXVI).
##STR00107##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect; and wherein R.sup.40
is as defined in the second aspect of the invention.
[0159] The forty fourth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XXVI)
##STR00108##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; and wherein
X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect.
[0160] The forty fifth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (XXVI) by the
introduction of an X.sup.2 group to
1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (XXVII),
##STR00109##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; and wherein
X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect.
[0161] Compound (XXVI) can be produced from compound (XXVII) by
halogenation under anhydrous conditions or by reaction with ICl
under basic conditions (such as pyridine or i-Pr.sub.2NEt in a
chlorinated solvent such as CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, CHCl.sub.3,
CCl.sub.4) or NBS in an anhydrous solvent such as CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2,
CHCl.sub.3, CCl.sub.4)--Where X.sup.2 is iodine, it may preferably
be introduced by direct action of 12 on (XXVII) in the presence of
a strong base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide in
anhydrous solvent such as dimethylformamide.
[0162] Where X.sup.2 is SO.sub.3CF.sub.3, X.sup.2 is introduced in
a two step process involving oxidation (with for example magnesium
monoperphthalate in refluxing acetic acid) or with MoO.sub.5.HMPA)
followed by incubation with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in
the presence of a non-nucleophilic base such as
2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylpyridine.
##STR00110##
[0163] The forty sixth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (XXV) by the
introduction of the X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula
(XXVIII).
##STR00111##
[0164] The compound of formula (XXVIII) is provided by the
introduction of a R.sup.40 group into a compound of formula
(XXVII). In particular where R.sup.40 is a silyl group,
introduction of R.sup.40 occurs prior to the introduction of
X.sup.2.
[0165] Thus, a skilled person will appreciate that the actual
synthetic sequence to prepare compound (XXV) will depend on the
type of protecting group R.sup.40 used.
[0166] The forty seventh aspect of the invention provides a
compound of formula (XXVII),
##STR00112##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect.
[0167] The forty eighth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XXVIII),
##STR00113##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; and wherein
R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group as defined in the second
aspect.
[0168] The forty ninth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the manufacture of 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile
(XXVIIa) comprising reaction of 5-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
with Zn(CN).sub.2 in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst
such as Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4.
##STR00114##
[0169] The fiftieth aspect of the invention provides a process for
the production of a compound of formula (IIa) containing the
triazole ring by the reaction of iminoester (XXIX) with formic acid
hydrazide.
##STR00115##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein X
is as defined in the fourth aspect; wherein R.sup.40 is as defined
in the second aspect; and wherein R.sup.43 and X.sup.3 are as
defined in the thirty seventh aspect.
[0170] The reaction set out for the fiftieth aspect can be carried
out in a suitable solvent such as ethanol in the presence of
tertiary amine, preferably triethylamine.
[0171] The fifty first aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XXIX)
##STR00116##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein X
is as defined in the fourth aspect; wherein R.sup.40 is as defined
in the second aspect; and wherein R.sup.43 and X.sup.3 are as
defined in the thirty seventh aspect.
[0172] The fifty second aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of iminoester of formula (XXIX) by the reaction
of nitrile (XXX) with alcohol R.sup.43OH in the presence of mineral
acid HX.sup.3. Preparation of nitrile (XXX, E=G=L=hydrogen) has
been disclosed in GB0305144.8.
##STR00117##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein X
is as defined in the fourth aspect; wherein R.sup.40 is as defined
in the second aspect; and wherein R.sup.43 and X.sup.3 are as
defined in the thirty seventh aspect.
[0173] The fifty third aspect of the invention provides a process
for the manufacture of silicon derivative of formula (XII) as
defined in the fifteenth aspect of the invention comprising a a)
reaction of a compound of formula (XXXI) with stannane
R.sup.2--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the presence of a palladium catalyst
or b) reaction of a compound of formula (XXXI) with boronic acid or
ester R.sup.2--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in a presence of a suitable
palladium catalyst
##STR00118##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group as defined in the second
aspect; wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect; and
wherein R.sup.32, R.sup.33, and R.sup.34 are as defined in the
fourth aspect.
[0174] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
[0175] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
a) for the fifty third aspect is a Stille reaction, which can be
carried out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed, Engl. 1986,
25, 508; Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et al. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 6343.
[0176] The reaction set out as option b) for the fifty third aspect
is a Suzuki reaction which can be carried out according to Suzuki
Pure Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2000,
122, 4020.
[0177] The fifty fourth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XXXI)
##STR00119##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group as defined in the second
aspect; wherein R.sup.34 is defined in the fourth aspect; and
wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect.
[0178] The fifty fifth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the manufacture of a compound of formula (XXXI) comprising
protection of the pyrrole nitrogen in compound (XXXII).
##STR00120##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect; wherein R.sup.34 is
defined in the fourth aspect; and wherein R.sup.40 is as defined in
the second aspect of the invention.
[0179] The fifty sixth aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XXXII)
##STR00121##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
R.sup.34 is defined in the fourth aspect; and wherein X.sup.2 is as
defined in the twentieth aspect.
[0180] The fifty seventh aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (XXXII) by the
introduction of an X.sup.2 group into silicon derivative (XXXIII).
Preparation of silicon derivative (XXXIII, E=G=L=hydrogen) was
disclosed in GB0305142.2.
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect; and wherein R.sup.34
is defined in the fourth aspect.
##STR00122##
[0181] Compound (XXXII) can be produced from compound (XXXIII) by
halogenation under anhydrous conditions or by reaction with ICl
under basic conditions (such as pyridine or i-Pr.sub.2NEt in a
chlorinated solvent such as CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, CHCl.sub.3,
CCl.sub.4) or NBS in an anhydrous solvent such as CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2,
CHCl.sub.3, CCl.sub.4). Where X.sup.2 is iodine, it may preferably
be introduced by direct action of 12 on (XXXIII) in the presence of
a strong base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide in
anhydrous solvent such as dimethylformamide.
[0182] The fifty eighth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (XXXI) by the
introduction of the X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula
(XXXIV).
##STR00123##
[0183] Preparation of silicon derivative (XXXIV, E=G=L=hydrogen)
was disclosed in GB0305142.2.
[0184] Thus, a skilled person will appreciate that the actual
synthetic sequence to prepare compound (XXXI) will depend on the
type of protecting group R.sup.40 used.
[0185] The fifty ninth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the manufacture of intermediate of formula (IIb) as defined in
the sixth aspect (II, X.dbd.Br) of the invention comprising a)
reaction of a compound of formula (XXXV) with stannane
R.sup.2--Sn(R.sup.32).sub.3 in the presence of a palladium catalyst
or b) reaction of a compound of formula (XXXV) with boronic acid or
ester R.sup.2--B(OR.sup.33).sub.2 in a presence of a suitable
palladium catalyst or c) reaction of a compound of formula (XXXV)
with silane R.sup.2--Si(R.sup.34).sub.3 in the presence of a
palladium catalyst;
##STR00124##
wherein R.sup.2, E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect;
wherein R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group as defined in the
second aspect; wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth
aspect; and wherein R.sup.32, R.sup.33, and R.sup.34 are as defined
in the fourth aspect.
[0186] Suitable catalysts for the purpose of this invention include
(PPh.sub.3).sub.2PdCl.sub.2, (PPh.sub.3).sub.4Pd, Pd(OAc).sub.2,
[PdCl(.eta..sup.3-C.sub.3H.sub.5].sub.2, Pd.sub.2(dba).sub.3,
Pd(dba).sub.2 (dba=dibenzylidenacetone), Pd/P(t-Bu).sub.3.
[0187] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
a) for the fifty ninth aspect is a Stille reaction, which can be
carried out according to Stille Angew. Chem., Int. ed, Engl. 1986,
25, 508; Mitchell Synthesis, 1992, 803, or Littke et al. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 6343.
[0188] The reaction set out as option b) for the fifty ninth aspect
is a Suzuki reaction which can be carried out according to Suzuki
Pure Appl. Chem. 1991, 63, 419 or Littke J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2000,
122, 4020
[0189] It will be appreciated that the reaction set out as option
c) for the fifty ninth aspect is a Hiyama reaction which can be
carried out according to Hatanaka et al. J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53,
918, Hatanaka et al. Synlett, 1991, 845, Tamao et al. Tetrahedron
Lett. 1989, 30, 6051 or Denmark et al. Org. Lett. 2000, 2, 565,
ibid. 2491.
[0190] The sixtieth aspect of the invention provides a compound of
formula (XXXV),
##STR00125##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
R.sup.40 is an amino protecting group as defined in the second
aspect; and wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth
aspect.
[0191] The sixty first aspect of the invention provides a process
for the manufacture of a compound of formula (XXXV) comprising
protection of the pyrrole nitrogen in compound (XXXVI).
##STR00126##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; wherein
X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect; and wherein R.sup.40
is as defined in the second aspect of the invention.
[0192] The sixty second aspect of the invention provides a compound
of formula (XXXVI),
##STR00127##
wherein E, G, and L are as defined in the first aspect; and wherein
X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect.
[0193] The sixty third aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (XXXVIa) by the
introduction of an X.sup.2 group to
5-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine,
wherein X.sup.2 is as defined in the twentieth aspect.
##STR00128##
[0194] Compound (XXXVIa) can be produced from
5-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine by halogenation under anhydrous
conditions or by reaction with ICl under basic conditions (such as
pyridine or i-Pr.sub.2NEt in a chlorinated solvent such as
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, CHCl.sub.3, CCl.sub.4) or NBS in an anhydrous
solvent such as CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2, CHCl.sub.3, CCl.sub.4). Where
X.sup.2 is iodine, it may preferably be introduced by direct action
of 12 on 5-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in the presence of a
strong base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide in
anhydrous solvent such as dimethylformamide.
[0195] Where X.sup.2 is SO.sub.3CF.sub.3, X.sup.2 is introduced in
a two step process involving oxidation of (XXXVIIa) (with for
example magnesium monoperphthalate in refluxing acetic acid) or
with MoO.sub.5.HMPA) followed by incubation with
trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in the presence of a
non-nucleophilic base such as 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylpyridine.
##STR00129##
[0196] The sixty fourth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the production of a compound of formula (XXXV) by the
introduction of the X.sup.2 group to a compound of formula
(XXXVII).
[0197] Preparation of (XXXVII) was disclosed in GB0305142.2,
##STR00130##
wherein X is as defined in the twentieth aspect, E, G and L are as
defined in the first aspect, and R.sup.2 is as defined in the
second aspect of the invention.
[0198] In particular where R.sup.40 is a silyl group, introduction
of R.sup.40 occurs prior to the introduction of X.sup.2.
[0199] Thus, a skilled person will appreciate that the actual
synthetic sequence to prepare compound (XXXV) will depend on the
type of protecting group R.sup.40 used.
[0200] The present invention encompasses one or more compounds as
defined in the third, sixth, eighth, tenth, thirteenth, fourteenth,
fifteenth, seventeenth, eighteenth, nineteenth, twenty first,
twenty third, twenty fourth, twenty fifth, twenty seventh, twenty
ninth, thirtieth, thirty first, thirty fourth, thirty eighth,
fortieth, forty second, forty fourth, forty seventh, forty eighth,
fifty first, fifty fourth, fifty sixth, sixtieth and sixty second
aspects of the invention as set out below:
##STR00131## ##STR00132## ##STR00133## ##STR00134## ##STR00135##
##STR00136## ##STR00137## ##STR00138## ##STR00139## ##STR00140##
##STR00141## ##STR00142## ##STR00143## ##STR00144## ##STR00145##
##STR00146## ##STR00147## ##STR00148## ##STR00149## ##STR00150##
##STR00151## ##STR00152## ##STR00153## ##STR00154## ##STR00155##
##STR00156## ##STR00157## ##STR00158## ##STR00159##
##STR00160##
[0201] The present invention also encompasses a process for
manufacturing a compound of the first aspect, the process
comprising providing a starting material, which is commercially
available or can be produced by a method known in the art,
converting the starting material to form an intermediate compound
of the third, sixth, eighth, tenth, thirteenth, fourteenth,
fifteenth, seventeenth, eighteenth, nineteenth, twenty first,
twenty third, twenty fourth, twenty fifth, twenty seventh, twenty
ninth, thirtieth, thirty first, thirty fourth, thirty eighth,
fortieth, forty second, forty fourth, forty seventh, forty eighth,
fifty first, fifty fourth, fifty sixth, sixtieth and sixty second
aspects using a process as described above or a process known in
the art (and optionally converting the intermediate compound so
formed into another intermediate compound) and then converting the
intermediate compound into a compound of the first aspect using a
process as described above or a process known in the art (and
optionally converting the compound of the first aspect so formed
into another compound of the first aspect).
[0202] The sixty fifth aspect of the invention provides a
composition comprising a compound according to the first aspect of
the invention in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier, diluent or excipient.
[0203] The composition may also comprise one or more additional
active agent, such as an anti-inflammatory agent (for example a p38
inhibitor, glutamate receptor antagonist, or a calcium channel
antagonist), AMPA receptor antagonist, a chemotherapeutic agent
and/or an antiproliferative agent.
[0204] Suitable carriers and/or diluents are well known in the art
and include pharmaceutical grade starch, mannitol, lactose,
magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, cellulose, glucose,
sucrose, (or other sugar), magnesium carbonate, gelatin, oil,
alcohol, detergents, emulsifiers or water (preferably sterile). The
composition may be a mixed preparation of a composition or may be a
combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use
(including administration).
[0205] The composition according to the invention for use in the
aforementioned indications may be administered by any convenient
method, for example by oral (including by inhalation), parenteral,
mucosal (e.g. buccal, sublingual, nasal), rectal or transdermal
administration and the compositions adapted accordingly.
[0206] For oral administration, the composition can be formulated
as liquids or solids, for example solutions, syrups, suspensions or
emulsions, tablets, capsules and lozenges.
[0207] A liquid formulation will generally consist of a suspension
or solution of the compound or physiologically acceptable salt in a
suitable aqueous or non-aqueous liquid carrier(s) for example
water, ethanol, glycerine, polyethylene glycol or oil. The
formulation may also contain a suspending agent, preservative,
flavouring or colouring agent.
[0208] A composition in the form of a tablet can be prepared using
any suitable pharmaceutical carrier(s) routinely used for preparing
solid formulations. Examples of such carriers include magnesium
stearate, starch, lactose, sucrose and microcrystalline
cellulose.
[0209] A composition in the form of a capsule can be prepared using
routine encapsulation procedures. For example, powders, granules or
pellets containing the active ingredient can be prepared using
standard carriers and then filled into a hard gelatine capsule;
alternatively, a dispersion or suspension can be prepared using any
suitable pharmaceutical carrier(s), for example aqueous gums,
celluloses, silicates or oils and the dispersion or suspension then
filled into a soft gelatine capsule.
[0210] Compositions for oral administration may be designed to
protect the active ingredient against degradation as it passes
through the alimentary tract, for example by an outer coating of
the formulation on a tablet or capsule.
[0211] Typical parenteral compositions consist of a solution or
suspension of the compound or physiologically acceptable salt in a
sterile aqueous or non-aqueous carrier or parenterally acceptable
oil, for example polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone,
lecithin, arachis oil or sesame oil. Alternatively, the solution
can be lyophilised and then reconstituted with a suitable solvent
just prior to administration.
[0212] Compositions for nasal or oral administration may
conveniently be formulated as aerosols, drops, gels and powders.
Aerosol formulations typically comprise a solution or fine
suspension of the active substance in a physiologically acceptable
aqueous or non-aqueous solvent and are usually presented in single
or multidose quantities in sterile form in a sealed container,
which can take the form of a cartridge or refill for use with an
atomising device. Alternatively the sealed container may be a
unitary dispensing device such as a single dose nasal inhaler or an
aerosol dispenser fitted with a metering valve, which is intended
for disposal once the contents of the container have been
exhausted. Where the dosage form comprises an aerosol dispenser, it
will contain a pharmaceutically acceptable propellant. The aerosol
dosage forms can also take the form of a pump-atomiser.
[0213] Compositions suitable for buccal or sublingual
administration include tablets, lozenges and pastilles, wherein the
active ingredient is formulated with a carrier such as sugar and
acacia, tragacanth, or gelatin and glycerin.
[0214] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are
conveniently in the form of suppositories (containing a
conventional suppository base such as cocoa butter), pessaries,
vaginal tabs, foams or enemas.
[0215] Compositions suitable for transdermal administration include
ointments, gels, patches and injections including powder
injections.
[0216] Conveniently the composition is in unit dose form such as a
tablet, capsule or ampoule.
[0217] The sixty sixth aspect of the invention provides a process
for the manufacture of a composition according to the sixty fifth
aspect of the invention. The manufacture can be carried out by
standard techniques well known in the art and involves combining a
compound according to the first aspect of the invention and the
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The composition may
be in any form including a tablet, a liquid, a capsule, and a
powder or in the form of a food product, e.g. a functional food. In
the latter case the food product itself may act as the
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0218] The sixty seventh aspect of the present invention relates to
a compound of the first aspect, or a composition of the sixty fifth
aspect, for use in medicine.
[0219] The compounds of the present invention are inhibitors of
JNK, such as JNK1, JNK2, or JNK3. In particular, the compounds of
the present invention are inhibitors of JNK3. Preferably, the
compounds of the present invention inhibit JNK3 selectively (i.e.
the compounds of the invention preferably show greater activity
against JNK3 than JNK1 and 2). For the purpose of this invention,
an inhibitor is any compound, which reduces or prevents the
activity of the JNK enzyme.
[0220] The compounds are therefore useful for conditions for which
inhibition of JNK activity is beneficial. Thus, preferably, this
aspect provides a compound of the first aspect, or a composition of
the sixty fifth aspect of the present invention, for the prevention
or treatment of a JNK-mediated disorder. The compounds of the first
aspect of the invention may thus be used for the inhibition of JNK,
more preferably for the inhibition of JNK3.
[0221] A "JNK-mediated disorder" is any disease or deleterious
condition in which JNK plays a role. Examples include
neurodegenerative disorder (including dementia), inflammatory
disease, a disorder linked to apoptosis, particularly neuronal
apoptosis, autoimmune disease, destructive bone disorder,
proliferative disorder, cancer, infectious disease, allergy,
ischemia reperfusion injury, heart attack, angiogenic disorder,
organ hypoxia, vascular hyperplasia, cardiac hypertrophy, thrombin
induced platelet aggregation and any condition associated with
prostaglandin endoperoxidase synthase-2. The compounds of the
present invention may be used for any of these JNK-mediated
disorders.
[0222] The compounds of the present invention are particularly
useful for the prevention or treatment of a neurodegenerative
disorder. In particular, the neurodegenerative disorder results
from apoptosis and/or inflammation. Examples of neurodegenerative
disorders are: dementia; Alzheimer's disease; Parkinson's disease;
Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis; Huntington's disease; senile chorea;
Sydenham's chorea; hypoglycemia; head and spinal cord trauma
including traumatic head injury; acute and chronic pain; epilepsy
and seizures; olivopontocerebellar dementia; neuronal cell death;
hypoxia-related neurodegeneration; acute hypoxia; glutamate
toxicity including glutamate neurotoxicity; cerebral ischemia;
dementia linked to meningitis and/or neurosis; cerebrovascular
dementia; or dementia in an HIV-infected patient.
[0223] The neurodegenerative disorder may be a peripheral
neuropathy, including mononeuropathy, multiple mononeuropathy or
polyneuropathy. Examples of peripheral neuropathy may be found in
diabetes mellitus, Lyme disease or uremia; peripheral neuropathy
caused by a toxic agent; demyelinating disease such as acute or
chronic inflammatory polyneuropathy, leukodystrophies, or
Guillain-Barre syndrome; multiple mononeuropathy secondary to a
collagen vascular disorder (e.g. polyarteritis nodosa, SLE,
Sjogren's syndrome); multiple mononeuropathy secondary to
sarcoidosis; multiple mononeuropathy secondary to a metabolic
disease (e.g. diabetes or amyloidosis); or multiple mononeuropathy
secondary to an infectious disease (e.g. Lyme disease or HIV
infection).
[0224] The compounds of the invention can also be used to prevent
or treat disorders resulting from inflammation. These include, for
example, inflammatory bowel disorder, bronchitis, asthma, acute
pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, allergies of various types, and
possibly Alzheimer's disease. Autoimmune diseases which may also be
treated or prevented by the compounds of the present invention
include rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus,
glumerulonephritis, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Graves's
disease, autoimmune gastritis, diabetes, autoimmune haemolytis
anaemia, autoimmune neutropaenia, thrombocytopenia, atopic
dermatitis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, multiple
sclerosis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, psoriasis or graft
vs host disease.
[0225] A compound of the present invention may be administered
simultaneously, subsequently or sequentially with one or more other
active agent, such as an anti-inflammatory agent e.g. p38
inhibitor, AMPA receptor antagonist, glutamate receptor antagonist,
calcium channel antagonist, a chemotherapeutic agent or an
antiproliferative agent. For example, for acute treatment, a p38
inhibitor may be administered to a patient prior to administering a
compound of the present invention.
[0226] The compounds of the invention will normally be administered
in a daily dosage regimen (for an adult patient) of, for example,
an oral dose of between 1 mg and 2000 mg, preferably between 30 mg
and 1000 mg, e.g. between 10 and 250 mg or an intravenous,
subcutaneous, or intramuscular dose of between 0.1 mg and 100 mg,
preferably between 0.1 mg and 50 mg, e.g. between 1 and 25 mg of
the compound of the formula (I) or a physiologically acceptable
salt thereof calculated as the free base, the compound being
administered 1 to 4 times per day. Suitably the compounds will be
administered for a period of continuous therapy, for example for a
week or more.
[0227] The sixty eighth aspect of the invention relates to a method
of treating or preventing a JNK-mediated disorder in an individual,
which method comprises administering to said individual a compound
of the first aspect or a composition of the sixty fifth aspect. The
active compound is preferably administered in a cumulative
effective amount. The individual may be in need of the treatment or
prevention. Any of the JNK-mediated disorders listed above in
relation to the sixty seventh aspect may be the subject of
treatment or prevention according to the sixty eighth aspect. One
or more other active agent may be administered to the individual
simultaneously, subsequently or sequentially to administering the
compound. The other active agent may be an anti-inflammatory agent
such as a p38 inhibitor, glutamate receptor antagonist, AMPA
receptor antagonist, calcium channel antagonist, a chemotherapeutic
agent or an antiproliferative agent, but is preferably p38
inhibitor for acute treatment.
[0228] The sixty ninth aspect of the present invention provides the
use of a compound of the first aspect in the manufacture of a
medicament for the prevention or treatment of a JNK-mediated
disorder. The medicament may be used for treatment or prevention of
any of the JNK-mediated disorders listed above in relation to the
sixty seventh aspect. Again, the compound of the present invention
may be administered simultaneously, subsequently or sequentially
with one or more other active agent, preferably a p38 inhibitor for
acute treatment.
[0229] In the seventieth aspect of the invention, there is provided
an assay for determining the activity of the compounds of the
present invention, comprising providing a system for assaying the
activity and assaying the activity of the compound. Preferably the
assay is for the JNK inhibiting activity of the compound, more
preferably it is for the JNK3-specific inhibiting activity of the
compounds. The compounds of the invention may be assayed in vitro,
in vivo, in silico, or in a primary cell culture or a cell line. In
vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the
kinase activity or ATPase activity of activated JNK. Alternatively,
in vitro assays may quantitate the ability of a compound to bind
JNK and may be measured either by radiolabelling the compound prior
to binding, then isolating the inhibitor/JNK complex and
determining the amount of the radiolabel bound or by running a
competition experiment where new inhibitors are incubated with JNK
bound to known radioligands. An example of an assay, which may be
used, is Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA), preferably using
radiolabelled ATP. Another example is ELISA. Any type or isoform of
JNK may be used in these assays.
[0230] In the seventy first aspect, there is provided a method of
inhibiting the activity or function of a JNK, particularly JNK3,
which method comprises exposing a JNK to a compound or a
composition of the first or sixty fifth aspect of the present
invention. The method may be performed in a research model, in
vitro, in silico, or in vivo such as in an animal model. A suitable
animal model may be a kainic acid model in rat or mice, traumatic
brain injury model in rat, or MPTP in mice.
[0231] All features of each of the aspects apply to all other
aspects mutatis mutandis.
[0232] The invention will now be illustrated by the following
non-limiting examples.
EXAMPLES
Synthesis of Example Inhibitor 5
##STR00161##
[0233]
[4-(3-Iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)-phenyl]-dimethyl-amine
(2)
##STR00162##
[0235] To a solution of 1 (4.08 g, 17.2 mmol) in DMF (43 mL) was
added KOH (3.57 g, 63.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for
20 min, cooled in an ice-bath and treated with iodine (4.37 g, 17.2
mmol) portionwise over 15 min. When the addition was complete the
reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 0.5 h and poured onto a
mixture of water (253 mL) and saturated aqueous
Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3 (38 mL). The solid precipitate was filtered
off, washed with water, and dried under high vacuum to give 2 as a
tan solid (6.06 g, 97%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
3.04 (s, 6H), 6.88 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58
(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),
9.80-10.10 (bs, NH).
[4-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)-phenyl]-dimeth-
yl-amine (3)
##STR00163##
[0237] To a solution of 2 (6.00 g, 16.5 mmol) in benzene (100 mL)
was added benzenesulfonyl chloride (4.85 mL, 38.0 mmol),
tetra-n-butylammonium bromide (2.82 g, 8.76 mmol) and 50% aqueous
NaOH (18.5 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The
mixture was partitioned between water-benzene. The layers were
separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with benzene
(5.times.100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated to give orange oil, which solidified
on drying in vacuum. The solid was triturated with methanol (200
mL) for 0.5 h, filtered off, and washed with ice-cold methanol
(3.times.50 mL) to give product 3 as a tan solid (5.32 g, 64%);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 3.01 (s, 6H), 6.81 (d, J=8.9 Hz,
2H), 7.45-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.59 (tt, J=14.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d,
J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 8.64 (d, J=2.1
Hz, 1H); MS (CI) m/z 504.10 (MH.sup.+).
[4-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-furan-3-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)-phenyl]--
dimethyl-amine (4)
##STR00164##
[0239] A mixture of 3 (300 mg, 0.596 mmol), EtOH (3.6 mL), toluene
(3.6 mL), furan-3-boronic acid (100 mg, 0.894 mmol), 1M aq.
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1.49 mL, 1.49 mmol), LiCl (75.8 mg, 1.79 mmol)
and PdCl.sub.2(PPh.sub.3).sub.2 (41.8 mg, 59.6 .mu.mol) was
refluxed for 15 min. The organic layer was separated, brine was
added, and the aqueous layer was extracted with AcOEt. The combined
organic solutions were concentrated and separated by means of
silicagel chromatography using hexane:AcOEt as eluent (in gradient
up to 15% AcOEt) to give 4 as an orange foam (205 mg, 78%); .sup.1H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 3.03 (s, 6H), 6.73 (m, 1H), 6.84 (d,
J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.65 (m, 6H), 7.84 (s, 2H), 8.05 (d, J=2.1 Hz,
1H), 8.26 (m, 2H), 8.68 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H).
[4-(3-Furan-3-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)-phenyl]-dimethyl-amine
(5)
##STR00165##
[0241] To a solution of 4 (195 mg, 0.44 mmol) in EtOH (9.9 mL), was
added 10% aqueous NaOH (5.0 mL), and the reaction mixture heated at
85.degree. C. for 0.5 h. It was then poured onto water (20 mL). The
precipitate was filtered off, washed with water, and dried under
high vacuum to afford 5 as light yellow solid (110 mg, 82%);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 3.02 (s, 6H), 6.73 (m, 1H), 6.87
(d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.83
(s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 10.4 (bs,
NH); MS (CI) m/z 304.10 (MH.sup.+), 345.10 (M+MeCN).
Synthesis of Example Inhibitor 8
##STR00166##
[0242]
{4-[1-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyl)-3-tributylstannyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,-
3-b]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}-dimethyl-amine (7)
##STR00167##
[0244] 1.5 M solution of t-BuLi in pentane (1.3 mL, 1.95 mmol) was
added dropwise over a period of 3 min to a stirred and cooled
(-95.degree. C.) solution of bromide 6 (400 mg, 0.93 mmol) in THF
(4.0 mL). After an additional stirring for 10 min at -95.degree.
C., tributyltin iodide (319 .mu.L, 1.12 mmol) was added in one
portion. The mixture was stirred at -95.degree. C. for 1 h and at
r.t. for 1 h. Saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 solution (3 mL) was
added, and the mixture was extracted with AcOEt (3.times.4 mL). The
organic solutions were combined, washed with water, concentrated
and dried in vacuum to afford 7 (648.5 mg, 109%) as colourless
oil.
Dimethyl-{4-[3-(4-methyl-thiophen-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl]-phe-
nyl}-amine (8)
##STR00168##
[0246] A mixture of 7 (129.7 mg, 0.186 mmol),
3-bromo-4-methylthiophene (30 .mu.L, 0.30 mmol),
PdCl.sub.2.(MeCN).sub.2 (4.8 mg, 18.6 .mu.mol),
tri-o-tolylphosphine (11.4 mg, 37.5 .mu.mol) in toluene (1.7 mL)
was stirred under N.sub.2 at 85.degree. C. overnight. The reaction
mixture was cooled to r.t., diluted with AcOEt (3 mL), and
extracted with 10% aqueous HCl ((4.times.0.5 mL). combined aqueous
solutions were washed with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2 mL), and basified
with 10% aqueous NaOH (2.5 mL). The mixture was extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2:MeOH=19:1 (4.times.3 mL). Combined extracts were
washed with brine, dried (MgSO.sub.4), and concentrated in vacuum.
The residue was purified by preparative TLC using
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2:MeOH=19:1 as eluent to afford 8 (12.9 mg, 21%) as
tan solid.
[0247] .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) {tilde over (2)}34 (d,
J=1.0 Hz, 3H), 3.01 (s, 6H), 6.85 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (dq,
J=3.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H),
7.53 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.14 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=2.1 Hz,
1H), 10.00 (bs, 1H).
Synthesis of Example Inhibitor 15
##STR00169##
[0248] 3-(2,2-Dibromo-vinyl)-furan (10)
##STR00170##
[0250] To a stirred and cooled (0.degree. C.) solution of carbon
tetrabromide (34.5 g, 104.1 mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (70 mL) was
added triphenylphosphine (54.6 g, 208.1 mmol) in five equal
portions over a period of 5 min. The resulting dark red solution
was stirred for a further 10 min, and a solution of 3-furaldehyde
(9) (5 g, 52.0 mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (25 mL) was added slowly.
The resulting black solution was allowed to warm to r.t. After 5.5
h the mixture was poured into ice-cold pentane and stirred
vigourously. The mixture was filtered and the collected solid
washed extensively with diethyl ether-ethyl acetate mixture. The
combined solutions were washed with saturated aqueous
Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3 (x1), water (x1), 1 M aqueous NaOH,
saturated brine (x1), dried (MgSO.sub.4), filtered and
concentrated. The residue was partially purified by silicagel
chromatography (SGC) with hexane as eluent. Appropriate fractions
were combined, concentrated and purified by vacuum distillation
(150.degree. C./0.5 mm Hg) to afford the dibromo-furan 10 (7.26 g,
55%) as a yellow oil. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
6.79 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.41 (m, 1H) and 7.83 (m, 1H).
Furan-3-ylethynyl-trimethyl-silane (11)
##STR00171##
[0252] To a stirred and cooled (-78.degree. C.) solution of the
dibromofuran 10 (2.0 g, 7.9 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added 1.6 M
n-BuLi in hexane (10.2 mL, 16.3 mmol) over 3 min. After 1 h the
cooling bath was removed and the mixture allowed to warm to r.t.
Following a further 1.5 h the mixture was cooled back to
-78.degree. C. and then TMSCl (3.0 mL, 23.8 mmol) was added
dropwise. The mixture was allowed to gradually warm up to r.t.
After 19 h the mixture was poured into ice-cold Et.sub.2O-saturated
aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 solution. The organic layer was separated and
the aqueous layer extracted with Et.sub.2O (2.times.). The combined
organic solutions were dried (MgSO.sub.4), filtered and
concentrated to afford the crude acetylene 11 (1.83 g) as a yellow
oil. This material was used in the next step without purification.
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) inter alia .delta.0.23 (s, 9H),
6.44 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H) and 7.63 (m, 1H).
5-Bromo-3-furan-3-yl-2-trimethylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(13)
##STR00172##
[0254] 5-Bromo-3-iodo-pyridin-2-ylamine (12) (390 mg, 1.32 mmol;
prepared according to WO0196308), crude acetylene 11 (910 mg), LiCl
(56 mg, 1.32 mmol), KOAc (259 mg, 2.64 mmol), Pd(OAc).sub.2 (7.4
mg, 0.03 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) were heated in a sealed tube at
100.degree. C. After 19 h the mixture was partitioned between
Et.sub.2O and saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl. The organic layer was
separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et.sub.2O
(4.times.). The combined organic solutions were dried (MgSO.sub.4)
and concentrated. The residual red oil was purified by PTLC with
AcOEt:hexane=1:4 as eluent to yield azaindole 13 (97.9 mg, 22%) as
an oil. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 0.32 (s, 9H),
6.53 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.55 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.97
(d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 9.09 (brs, NH).
5-Bromo-3-furan-3-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (14)
##STR00173##
[0256] To a stirred solution of azaindole 13 (20.9 mg, 0.06 mmol)
in THF (3 mL) was added a 1M solution of TBAF in THF (0.12 mL, 0.12
mmol). After 1.5 h the mixture was concentrated and purified by
PTLC with AcOEt as eluent to give azaindole 14 (9.6 mg, 58%) as a
white solid.
[0257] .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 6.67 (m, 1H), 7.44
(d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=2.1 Hz,
1H), 8.39 (m, 1H), 9.33 (brs, NH).
5-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-3-furan-3-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(15)
##STR00174##
[0259] Bromide 14 (17.6 mg, 0.07 mmol),
3,4-(methylenedioxy)phenylboronic acid (16.7 mg, 0.10 mmol), LiCl
(8.4 mg, 0.20 mmol), PdCl.sub.2(Ph.sub.3P).sub.2 (4.6 mg, 0.007
mmol) in 1 M aqueous Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.17 mL, 0.17 mmol), PhMe
(1.5 mL) and EtOH (1.5 mL) was heated at 105.degree. C. After 5 h
the mixture was allowed to cool to r.t. and then purified by PTLC
with AcOEt:hexane=1:1 as eluent to afford azaindole 15 (15.2 mg,
76%) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
6.04 (s, 2H), 6.72 (dd, J=0.8 and 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J=7.9, 0.3
Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (t, J=1.6
Hz, 1H), 7.82 (t, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (d,
J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 9.61 (brs, NH).
Synthesis of Example Inhibitor 18
##STR00175##
[0260]
{4-[1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2--
yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}-dimethyl-amine (16)
##STR00176##
[0262] A mixture of 3 (0.50 g, 0.99 mmol),
[1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino) ferrocene
dichloropalladium(II).dichloromethane complex
[PdCl.sub.2(dppf).sub.2.CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2] (24.3 mg, 0.0298 mmol),
triethylamine (415 .mu.L, 2.98 mmol) and
4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (221 .mu.L, 1.52 mmol) in
dioxane (5.0 mL) was microwaved at 120.degree. C. for 0.5 h. The
reaction mixture was cooled, poured onto water (100 mL), extracted
with ethyl acetate (4.times.30 mL), the combined organic extracts
washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated.
This gave the product 16 as a brown foam (576 mg, 113%) which was
used in the next step without further purification; .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 1.38 (s, 12H), 3.02 (s, 6H), 6.86 (d, J=8.8
Hz, 2H), 7.65-7.45 (m, 5H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H),
8.30 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.63 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H).
{4-[1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl]--
phenyl}-dimethyl-amine (17)
##STR00177##
[0264] A mixture of 16 (150 mg, 0.298 mmol), 4-iodoimidazole (86.7
mg, 0.447 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II)
(20.9 mg, 0.0298 mmol), LiCl (37.9 mg, 0.894 mmol), 1M aq.
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.75 mL, 0.75 mmol) in toluene (1.8 mL) and EtOH
(1.8 mL) was microwaved at 120.degree. C. for 15 min. The reaction
mixture was cooled, brine (3 mL) was added and the aqueous layer
extracted with ethyl acetate (3.times.5 mL). Sorbent (HM-N, Jones
Chromatography) was added, the solvent evaporated and the product
purified by silicagel chromatography using MeOH:CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(3:97) (gradient elution) to give product 17 as a brown foam (111
mg, 84%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 2.96 (s, 6H), 6.77 (d,
J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.52 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s,
1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 8.27 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),
8.61 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H).
{4-[3-(1H-Imidazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}-dimethyl-a-
mine (18)
##STR00178##
[0266] To 17 (50 mg, 0.113 mmol) in EtOH (2.5 mL) was added 10% aq.
NaOH (1.3 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 2 h then at 85.degree. C. for 10 min. It was cooled
and poured onto water (3 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate
(4.times.5 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by
preparative LCMS (column LUNA 10.mu. C18(2) 00G-4253-V0
250.times.50 mm) using water-acetonitrile (0.1% AcOH) as eluent (in
gradient; flow 80 mL/min) to give product 18 as a white solid (9.0
mg, 26%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3+4 drops CD.sub.3OD) 2.97
(s, 6H), 6.83 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d,
J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=2.1
Hz, 1H), 8.43 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H); MS (CI) m/z 304.1 (MH), 345.1
(M+MeCN).
Synthesis of Inhibitor 23
##STR00179##
[0267] 5-Bromo-3-formyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid
dimethylamide (20)
##STR00180##
[0269] A mixture of 19 (2.01 g, 8.93 mmol; preparation disclosed in
GB 0311313.1), dimethylcarbamyl chloride (1.23 mL, 13.4 mmol) and
n-Bu.sub.4NHSO.sub.4 (394 mg, 1.16 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL)
was treated with 50% aq. NaOH (1.7 mL) and stirred overnight. The
reaction mixture was poured onto water (100 mL), the layers
separated, the aqueous layer extracted with dichloromethane
(3.times.40 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated to afford 20 as a white solid (2.61
g, 99%) as a mixture of rotamers; .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3,
major isomer signals quoted) 3.40-2.90 (6H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d,
J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 10.01 (s, 1H).
5-Bromo-3-oxazol-5-yl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid
dimethylamide (21)
##STR00181##
[0271] To aldehyde 20 (2.00 g, 6.75 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane
(70 mL) was added tosylmethyl isocyanide (1.58 g, 8.10 mmol)
followed by DBU (1.44 g, 9.46 mmol), and the reaction mixture
heated at 90.degree. C. overnight. After cooling, sorbent (HM-N,
Jones Chromatography) was added and the solvent evaporated. The
product was purified by silicagel chromatography using ethyl
acetate:hexane (4:6) (gradient elution) to give product 21 as a
light orange solid (667 mg, 29%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
3.40-2.90 (bs, 6H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 8.32
(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H).
5-Bromo-3-oxazol-5-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (22)
##STR00182##
[0273] A mixture of 21 (667 mg, 1.99 mmol), EtOH (20 mL) and 10%
aq. NaOH (10 mL) was heated at 90.degree. C. for 40 min then cooled
and poured onto water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with
ethyl acetate (4.times.40 mL). The combined organic extracts were
washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated to
give 22 as a white solid (477 mg, 91%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) 7.27 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94
(s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 9.30-9.10
(bs, NH).
3-Oxazol-5-yl-5-(2-phenoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(23)
##STR00183##
[0275] A mixture of bromide 22 (300 mg, 1.14 mmol),
2-phenoxyphenylboronic acid (366 mg, 1.71 mmol),
PdCl.sub.2(PPh.sub.3).sub.2 (80.0 mg, 0.114 mmol), LiCl (145 mg,
3.42 mmol) and 1M Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (2.85 mL, 2.82 mmol) in toluene
(5.4 mL) and EtOH (5.4 mL) was refluxed overnight (105.degree. C.
oil bath temp.). The reaction mixture was cooled, and separated
between brine (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (30 mL). The aqueous layer
was extracted with ethyl acetate (2.times.30 mL). The combined
organic solutions were dried (MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated. The
resulting solid was dry loaded on a silicagel column. Fractions
containing the product were eluted using ethyl acetate:hexane (1:1)
(gradient elution) to give a solid which was triturated with ether
to give 23 as a white solid (186 mg, 46%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) 6.94 (dd, J=8.8, 1.0 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H),
7.08 (s, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=8.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.38
(dt, J=9.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d,
J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=2.0
Hz, 1H), 9.35-9.20 (bs, NH).
Synthesis of Example Inhibitor 29
##STR00184##
[0276] 5-(2-Phenoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (25)
##STR00185##
[0278] To a solution of the 5-bromoazaindole 24 (15.0 g, 76.1 mmol)
in toluene (360 mL) and EtOH (360 mL) was added LiCl (9.68 g, 228.4
mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (5.34 g, 7.6
mmol), 2-phenoxyphenylboronic acid (24.44 g, 114.2 mmol) and 1 M
sodium carbonate (190 mL, 190 mmol). After 4 h, the mixture was
allowed to cool to room temperature and the phases separated. The
aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (3.times.) and the combined
organic extracts dried (MgSO.sub.4), filtered and evaporated. The
resulting residue was purified by silicagel chromatography
[gradient elution, hexanes to hexanes-EtOAc (1:1)] to afford
product 25 (18.30 g, 84%) as a cream-coloured solid. .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 6.51 (dd, J=3.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.96 (m,
2H), 7.01 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J=8.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H),
7.22-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.52 (dd, J=7.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H),
8.13 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 9.82 (bs, 1H).
3-Iodo-5-(2-phenoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (26)
##STR00186##
[0280] To a solution of the azaindole 25 (18.30 g, 63.9 mmol) in
DMF (100 mL) was added KOH (13.27 g, 236.5 mmol) in a single
portion. After 0.5 h, iodine (16.18 g, 63.9 mmol) was added in
portions over a 3 min. period. After a further 1 h the reaction was
quenched by the addition of a solution of sodium thiosulfate (70 g)
in H.sub.2O (400 mL). The semisolid was filtered off, dissolved in
dichloromethane. The solution and washed with saturated brine
(1.times.), dried (MgSO.sub.4), and concentrated to afford the
iodide 26, which was used directly in the next step without further
purification. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) 6.92-6.95 (m, 2H),
7.01 (tt, J=7.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J=8.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H),
7.23-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.36 (dt, J=7.3, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.54
(dd, J=7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=2.0 Hz,
1H) and 11.06 (bs, 1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-5-(2-phenoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(27)
##STR00187##
[0282] To a solution of the crude azaindole 26 (prepared in the
previous step) in dichloromethane (373 mL) was sequentially added,
benzenesulfonyl chloride (12.6 mL, 99.1 mmol), 50% aqueous sodium
hydroxide (12.2 mL) and tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate (2.82
g, 8.3 mmol). After 2 h stirring the mixture was partitioned
between dichloromethane and saturated brine. The organic extract
was dried (MgSO.sub.4), filtered and concentrated to afford the
azaindole 27 (24.2 g, 68% from 25) as a tan coloured solid. .sup.1H
NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) 6.89-6.92 (m, 2H), 7.01-7.05 (m, 2H),
7.22-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H),
7.47-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.60 (tt, J=7.6, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=2.0 Hz,
1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.20-8.22 (m, 2H) and 8.64 (d, J=2.0 Hz,
1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-(2-phenoxy-phenyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(28)
##STR00188##
[0284] To a solution of the iodide 27 (2.00 g, 3.62 mmol) in
toluene (40 mL) and EtOH (40 mL) was added lithium chloride (0.46
g, 10.86 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II)
(0.127 g, 0.18 mmol), phenylboronic acid (0.662 g, 5.43 mmol) and 1
M sodium carbonate (9.05 mL, 9.05 mmol). The mixture was refluxed
under N.sub.2 (oil bath temp. 105.degree. C.) for 2.5 h and then
concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was co-evaporated once
from xylene and purified by silicagel chromatography (gradient
elution, hexanes to dichloromethane) to afford the azaindole 28
(1.16 g, 64%) as pale yellow solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz;
CDCl.sub.3) 6.91-6.94 (m, 2H), 7.04-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.30 (m,
3H), 7.31-7.41 (m, 4H), 7.44-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.60 (tt, J=7.4, 1.3 Hz,
1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.26 (m, 3H) and 8.66 (d, J=1.9 Hz,
1H).
5-(2-Phenoxy-phenyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (29)
##STR00189##
[0286] To a solution of azaindole 28 (1.16 g, 2.31 mmol) in EtOH
(70 mL) was added a 10% sodium hydroxide solution (8.5 mL), and the
mixture was heated at 105.degree. C. After 1 h, the mixture was
allowed to cool to r.t. and partitioned between chloroform and
saturated brine. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform
(3.times.), and the combined organic extracts dried (MgSO.sub.4),
filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silicagel
chromatography (gradient elution, hexanes to 5% EtOAc in
dichloromethane) to afford a yellow solid which was washed with
cold Et.sub.2O to furnish azaindole 29 (0.546 g, 65%) as a cream
coloured solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) 6.95-6.98 (m,
2H), 7.04 (tt, J=7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J=8.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H),
7.25-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.35-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.57 (m, 4H), 8.41 (d,
J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 10.78 (bs, 1H).
Synthesis of Example Inhibitor 32
##STR00190##
[0287]
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-bromo-3-furan-3-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(30)
##STR00191##
[0289] To a stirred and cooled (-78.degree. C.) suspension of
azaindole 14 (100.0 mg, 0.38 mmol) in THF (0.75 mL) was added a 2.5
M solution of n-BuLi in hexane (0.182 mL, 0.456 mmol) over a period
of 5 min. The brown solution was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 0.5
h. Benzenesulfonyl chloride (58.4 .mu.L, 0.456 mmol) was added
dropwise. The mixture was allowed to warm up to r.t. overnight,
partitioned between saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3-- AcOEt. The
aqueous layer was extracted with AcOEt (5.times.). Combined organic
solutions were dried (MgSO.sub.4), concentrated and purified by
silicagel chromatography with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2:AcOEt as eluent (in
gradient) to give protected azaindole 30 (101.3 mg, 66%) as a tan
solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 6.66 (dd, J=1.0,
1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.55 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (m,
1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.17-8.21 (m, 2H), 8.49
(d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-furan-3-yl-5-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1H-
-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (31)
##STR00192##
[0291] A mixture of 30 (31.6 mg, 0.078 mmol),
1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrole-3-boronic acid (31 mg, 0.12 mmol),
PdCl.sub.2(PPh.sub.3).sub.2 (6 mg, 7.8 .mu.mol), LiCl (10 mg, 0.24
mmol), aqueous 1.0 M Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (200 .mu.L, 0.2 mmol), EtOH
(0.47 mL) and toluene (0.47 mL) were heated at 85.degree. C. over
weekend. After cooling the organic layer was separated and purified
by PTLC using AcOEt:hexane=3:7 as eluent to give the product 31 as
a colourless oil (15.3 mg, 36%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 1.13 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 18H), 1.49 (septet, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 6.60
(dd, J=2.7, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J=1.8, 0.79 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (t,
J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.56
(m, 2H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.20
(m, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H).
3-Furan-3-yl-5-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (32)
##STR00193##
[0293] A mixture of 31 (15.3 mg, 0.28 .mu.mol), EtOH (1.0 mL) and
10% aq. NaOH (0.5 mL) were heated at 110.degree. C. for 40 min then
cooled and poured onto saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (5 mL) and
extracted with ethyl acetate (4.times.10 mL). The combined organic
extracts were dried (MgSO.sub.4), concentrated and the residue
purified by PTLC using 5% MeOH in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 to give the pure
product as a solid (4.15 mg, 59%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 6.60 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.92 (dd,
J=4.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H),
7.54 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (bs, NH),
8.57 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.96 (bs, NH).
Synthesis of Example Inhibitor 34
##STR00194##
[0294]
1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-furan-3-yl-5-thiophen-2-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyr-
idine (33)
##STR00195##
[0296] A mixture of bromide 30 (40.3 mg, 0.1 mmol),
tributylthiophen-2-yl-stannane (62 .mu.L, ca 0.2 mmol),
PdCl.sub.2.(MeCN).sub.2 (3.6 mg, 0.014 mmol), and
tri-o-tolyl-phosphane (6.6 mg, 0.022 mmol) in toluene (0.9 mL) was
stirred under N.sub.2 for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and
separated by PTLC with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 as eluent to afford 33
(31.7 mg, 78%) as yellowish solid.
[0297] .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 6.71 (dd, J=2.0,
1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=5.1, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J=3.6, 1.2 Hz,
1H), 7.35 (dd, J=5.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.63 (m, 4H), 7.82 (m, 1H),
7.84 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.26 (m, 2H), 8.73 (d,
J=2.2 Hz, 1H).
3-Furan-3-yl-5-thiophen-2-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (34)
##STR00196##
[0299] To a solution of 33 (28.3 mg, 0.0696 mmol) in EtOH (1.4 mL),
was added 10% aqueous NaOH (0.67 mL), and the reaction mixture
refluxed (oil bath 110.degree. C.) for 0.5 h. The mixture was
diluted with water (1.4 mL), and stirred for an additional 0.5 h at
r.t. The precipitate was filtered off, washed with water, and dried
under high vacuum to afford 34 as tan solid (15.8 mg, 85%); .sup.1H
NMR (400 MHz; CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 6.72 (dd, J=1.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H),
7.14 (dd, J=5.1, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=2.5 Hz,
1H), 7.55 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (m, 1H), 8.23 (dd, J=2.0, 0.4 Hz,
1H), 8.65 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 9.67 (bs, 1H).
Synthesis of Example Inhibitor 41
##STR00197##
[0300] 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (35)
##STR00198##
[0302] A mixture of bromide 24 (10.0 g, 50.8 mmol), ZnCl.sub.2
(3.58 g, 30.5 mmol), and Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4 (3.52 g, 3.05 mmol) in
DMF (110 mL) was heated at 80.degree. C. overnight. The solvent was
evaporated and the residue separated by silicagel chromatography
(100 g column) using hexane:ethyl acetate as eluent (gradient
elution). The resulting solid was partitioned between water (200
mL)/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 mL) and the aqueous phase extracted with
more CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (4.times.100 mL). The combined organic
extracts were dried (MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated to give the
product as a white solid (5.48 g, 75%), which was used for
subsequent reactions without further purification.
3-Iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (36)
##STR00199##
[0304] To a solution of 35 (3.0 g, 21.0 mmol) in DMF (53 mL) was
added KOH (4.35 g, 77.5 mmol, pellets) and the reaction mixture
stirred for 20 min., cooled to 0.degree. C., and treated with
iodine (5.32 g, 21.0 mmol). It was stirred at room temperature for
50 min then poured onto a mixture of water (306 mL)/sat. aqueous
Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3 (46 mL). The resulting solid was filtered
off and washed with water (2.times.) to give 36 (3.57 g, 63%) as
creamy solid; .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 7.96 (s), 8.25
(s), 8.64 (s), 12.74 (NH).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile
(37)
##STR00200##
[0306] A mixture of iodide 36 (3.50 g, 13.0 mmol), PhSO.sub.2Cl
(2.49 mL, 19.5 mmol), n-Bu.sub.4NHSO.sub.4 (0.57 g, 1.69 mmol) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (77 mL) was treated with 50% aq. NaOH (2.46 mL)
then stirred for 40 min. It was then poured onto water (250 mL),
the aqueous phase extracted with more CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.60
mL) and the combined organic extracts dried (MgSO.sub.4) and
concentrated. Methanol was added to the resulting solid and the
mixture stirred for 0.5 h. The solid was filtered off and washed
with more methanol (2.times.) to afford iodide 37 as a white solid
(4.00 g, 75%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.46 (t,
J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (tt, J=7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=1.9 Hz,
1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 8.16 (m, 2H), 8.60 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-furan-3-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile
(38)
##STR00201##
[0308] A mixture of iodide 37 (2.00 g, 4.89 mmol), furan-3-boronic
acid (820 mg, 7.33 mmol), PdCl.sub.2(PPh.sub.3).sub.2 (343 mg, 0.49
mmol), LiCl (622 mg, 14.7 mmol), 1.0 M aqueous Na.sub.2CO.sub.3
(12.2 mL, 12.2 mmol), EtOH (23 mL) and toluene (23 mL) were
refluxed for 50 min. After cooling the layers were separated, brine
was added to the aqueous layer and extracted with ethyl acetate
(3.times.50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated. The resulting solid was purified by
silicagel chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate in hexane
(gradient elution) to give 38 as an orange solid (1.23 g, 72%);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 6.60 (dd, J=1.90, 0.9 Hz,
1H), 7.47 (t, J=7.0, 1.3 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (tt,
J=7.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 8.16 (m, 2H), 8.19
(d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-furan-3-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carboximidic
acid ethyl ester hydrochloride salt (39)
##STR00202##
[0310] Gaseous HCl was bubbled through an ice-cold and stirred
suspension of 38 (300 mg, 0.86 mmol) in EtOH (31 mL) for 20 min and
the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. It was
then filtered to remove small amount of black solid and the solvent
evaporated to give the product 39 as a red/brown solid (331 mg,
89%).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-furan-3-yl-5-(4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b-
]pyridine (40)
##STR00203##
[0312] A mixture of 39 (300 mg, 0.70 mmol), formic hydrazide (209
mg, 3.47 mmol) and Et.sub.3N (759 .mu.M, 6.95 mmol) in EtOH (10.4
mL) was heated at 75.degree. C. overnight. After cooling, the
solvent was evaporated and the residue purified by silicagel
chromatography using 80% ethyl acetate in hexane (gradient elution)
then preparative TLC (1 mm plates, EtOAc eluent) to give 40 as a
white solid (132.6 mg, 76%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3+2
drops CD.sub.3OD) .delta. 6.71 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.70 (m, 5H), 7.84 (s,
1H), 7.93 (t, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.10-8.30 (m, 3H), 8.63 (d, J=2.0 Hz,
1H), 9.10 (bs, NH); MS (CI) m/z 391.9 (MH.sup.+), 433.1
(M+MeCN).
3-Furan-3-yl-5-(4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(41)
##STR00204##
[0314] A mixture of 40 (60 mg, 0.15 mmol), EtOH (1.54 mL) and 10%
aq. NaOH (767 .mu.L) were heated at 90.degree. C. for 45 min then
cooled and poured onto water (11 mL) and extracted with ethyl
acetate (4.times.10 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried
(MgSO.sub.4), concentrated and the residue purified by preparative
LCMS (column LUNA 10.mu. C18(2) 00G-4253-V0 250.times.50 mm) using
water-acetonitrile (0.1% AcOH) as eluent (in gradient; flow 80
mL/min) to give the product as a white solid (10.7 mg, 28%);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3+2 drops CD.sub.3OD) .delta. 6.70
(d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.49 (t, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s,
1H), 8.16 (bs, 1H), 8.75 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H).
Synthesis of Example Bromide 44
##STR00205##
[0315]
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carboximidic
acid ethyl ester hydrochloride salt (42)
##STR00206##
[0317] To an ice-cold solution of 42 (200 mg, 0.55 mmol;
preparation disclosed in GB 0315732.8) in EtOH (20 mL) was bubbled
gaseous HCl for 20 min. and the reaction mixture stirred at room
temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated and the residue
dried under high vacuum overnight to give 43 as a white solid (229
mg, 93%).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-bromo-3-(4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyri-
dine (44)
##STR00207##
[0319] A mixture of 43 (215 mg, 0.48 mmol), formic hydrazide (145
mg, 2.42 mmol), Et.sub.3N (528 .mu.L, 4.83 mmol) in EtOH (7.2 mL)
was stirred overnight at 75.degree. C. Sorbent (HM-N, Jones
chromatography) was added to the mixture and the solvent
evaporated. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography
using hexane:ethyl acetate (in gradient) to give 44 as a white
solid (110 mg, 56%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3+2 drops
CD.sub.3OD) .delta. 7.92 (s, 1H), 8.00 (m, 6H), 8.28 (d, J=2.2 Hz,
1H), 8.71 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of Example Inhibitor 50
##STR00208##
[0320] 5-Bromo-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (45)
##STR00209##
[0322] To a solution of bromide 24 (10.00 g, 51 mmol) in DMF (330
mL) was added KOH (10.70 g, 191 mmol, pellets) and the reaction
mixture was stirred for about 20 min. The mixture was then cooled
in an ice-bath and iodine (11.55 g, 45.62 mmol) was added
portionwise over 10 min. When the addition was complete the
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 h, diluted
with EtOAc (500 mL) and washed with saturated brine solution (500
mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (4.times.200 mL),
The combined organic solutions were dried (MgSO.sub.4) and
concentrated to afford 45 as a pale yellow solid (15.62 g, 95%);
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) .delta. 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=2.2
Hz, 1H), 7.93 (bs, NH), 8.29 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-bromo-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (46)
##STR00210##
[0324] To a cooled solution of 45 (15.00 g, 46.6 mmol) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (210 mL) was added benzenesulfonyl chloride (9.18
mL, 71.8 mmol), 50% aq NaOH (13.04 mL) and Bu.sub.4NHSO.sub.4 (2.35
g, 6.94 mmol). The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient
temperature and stirred for 2 h 45 min. The mixture was diluted
with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (200 mL) and washed with saturated brine
solution (200 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2.times.200 mL), the combined organics were dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated to afford a pale yellow solid. The
solid was stirred vigorously with cold methanol for 1 h and the
resulting precipitate was filtered off and dried under vacuum to
afford 46 as a white solid (20.90 g, 97%); .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.49 (t, J=15.5, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.64 (m,
1H), 7.81 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 8.17-8.19 (m, 2H), 8.45
(d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-bromo-3-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]py-
ridine (47)
##STR00211##
[0326] A mixture of 46 (1 g, 2.16 mmol), EtOH (14 mL), toluene (14
mL), 1-trityl-1H-pyrazole-4-boronic acid (767 mg, 2.16 mmol), 1M
aq. Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (5.4 mL, 5.4 mmol), LiCl (275 mg, 6.5 mmol)
and PdCl.sub.2(PPh.sub.3).sub.2 (75 mg, 0.108 mmol) was refluxed
for 1 h 45 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford a
pale yellow solid. The solid was purified by silicagel
chromatography (Si 50 g column) using 30% ethyl acetate in hexane
as eluent (gradient elution) to give the product 47 (798 mg, 57%)
as a pale yellow solid; .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.18-7.23 (m, 6H), 7.33-7.37 (m, 9H), 7.47 (t, J=15.6, 7.4 Hz, 2H),
7.57-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=2.1 Hz,
1H), 8.15-8.18 (m, 2H), 8.46 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-3-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-
-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (48)
##STR00212##
[0328] A mixture of 47 (200 mg, 0.308 mmol), EtOH (1.5 mL), toluene
(1.5 mL), 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-boronic acid (50 mg, 0.308 mmol),
1M aq. Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.48 mL, 0.48 mmol), LiCl (25 mg, 0.619
mmol) and PdCl.sub.2(PPh.sub.3).sub.2 (15 mg, 0.021 mmol) was
refluxed for 1 h 40 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated to
afford a pale yellow solid, which was purified by silicagel
chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent
(gradient elution) to give the product 48 (187 mg, 86%) as a pale
yellow solid; .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 3.27 (t, J=17.2,
8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.61 (t, J=17.4, 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),
7.19-7.23 (m, 7H), 7.33-7.36 (m, 10H), 7.45 (t, J=15.3, 7.26 Hz,
2H), 7.54-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=2.1
Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 8.19-8.21 (m, 2H), 8.60 (d, J=2.1 Hz,
1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-3-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-p-
yrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (49)
##STR00213##
[0330] To a solution of 48 (187 mg, 0.270 mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(2 mL) was added triisopropylsilane (0.14 mL), TFA (0.73 mL) and
distilled water (6 drops). The mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 1 h 30 min. The reaction was quenched and made
neutral by addition of aqueous saturated NaHCO.sub.3 and diluted
with EtOAc (200 mL) and water (100 mL). The aqueous layer was
extracted further with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (150 mL), the organic
solutions were combined, dried (MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated to
afford a light brown oily solid. Purification by preparative TLC
(EtOAc) afforded 49 (45 mg, 38%) as an off white solid; .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3+1 drop CD.sub.3OD) .delta. 2.62 (t, J=17.7,
8.6 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (t, J=17.3, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.22 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),
6.65 (t, J=8.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 6.84-6.88 (m, 2H),
6.93-6.96 (m, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.56
(d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1H).
5-(2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-3-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrid-
ine (50)
##STR00214##
[0332] To 49 (45 mg, 0.10 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) was added 10% aq.
NaOH (1.25 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at 85.degree. C.
for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated to afford a yellow solid.
Purification by preparative LCMS (column LUNA 10.mu. C18(2)
00G-4253-V0 250.times.50 mm) using water-acetonitrile (0.1% AcOH)
as eluent (in gradient; flow 80 mL/min) afforded the product 50 (16
mg, 53%) as a white solid; .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CD.sub.3OD)
.delta. 3.24 (t, J=17.4, 8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (t, J=17.4, 8.7 Hz, 2H),
6.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.58
(s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H).
Synthesis of Example 3,5-Disubstituted 7-Azaindole Derivative
(58)
##STR00215##
[0333]
5-Bromo-1-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-
e (51)
##STR00216##
[0335] Sodium hydride (60% suspension in oil, 0.305 g, 7.63 mmol)
was added to a stirred solution of 5-bromo-7-azaindole 24 (1.00 g,
5.08 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). After the mixture was stirred for 30
min, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (SEM-Cl; 1.35 mL, 7.63
mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2.5 days and poured
into brine and extracted with AcOEt. The organic layer was washed
with brine twice, dried (MgSO.sub.4), and concentrated. The residue
was purified by means of SGC with hexane:AcOEt as eluent to afford
51 (1.50 g, 90%) as a tan syrup. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 0.00 (s, 9H), 0.94-0.99 (m, 2H), 3.53-3.61 (m, 2H), 5.71
(s, 2H), 6.53 (d, J=0.36 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=0.36 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d,
J=0.22 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (d, J=0.22 Hz, 1H).
5-Morpholin-4-yl-1-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrid-
ine (52)
##STR00217##
[0337] A mixture of 51 (1.48 g, 4.52 mmol), morpholine (0.473 mL,
5.43 mmol), Pd.sub.2(dba) 3 (0.083 g, 0.090 mmol), Xantphos (0.157
g, 0.271 mmol) and t-BuONa (0.652 g, 6.78 mmol) in toluene (15 mL)
was heated at 100.degree. C. for 2.5 hours. The mixture was cooled
and poured into brine and extracted with AcOEt. The organic layer
was washed with brine, dried (MgSO.sub.4), and concentrated. The
residue was purified by means of SGC with hexane:AcOEt as eluent to
afford 52 (0.81 g, 54%) as a tan syrup. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 0.00 (s, 9H), 0.94-1.00 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.23 (m,
4H), 3.57-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.96-4.02 (m, 4H), 5.70 (s, 2H), 6.50 (d,
J=0.35 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=0.35 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=0.26 Hz, 1H),
8.24 (d, J=0.26 Hz, 1H).
5-Morpholin-4-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (53)
##STR00218##
[0339] Ethylenediamine (0.090 mL, 1.35 mmol) and 1M solution of
TBAF in THF (2.70 mL, 2.70 mmol) were added to a solution of 52
(0.300 g, 0.90 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at
60.degree. C. for 6 hours. More 1.0 M TBAF solution (1.80 ml, 1.80
mmol) was added and stirring was continued at 60.degree. C. for 42
hours. The mixture was cooled, and poured into saturated aqueous
NaHCO.sub.3 solution and extracted with AcOEt. The organic layer
was washed with brine, dried (MgSO.sub.4), and concentrated to
afford a tan solid. The solid was recrystallized from AcOEt to
afford 53 (0.065 g) as a pale yellow crystalline solid. The mother
liquors were concentrated and successively purified by means of SGC
with AcOEt:MeOH as eluent and preparative TLC with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2:MeOH as eluent to afford additional 53 (0.060 g,
total yield: 0.125 g, 68%) as a pale yellow solid. .sup.1H NMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 3.05-3.09 (m, 4H), 3.83-3.87 (m, 4H), 6.36
(dd, J=0.35, 0.20 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dd, J=0.33, 0.25 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d,
J=0.25 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=0.25 Hz, 1H), 8.97 (bs, 1H).
3-Iodo-5-morpholin-4-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (54)
##STR00219##
[0341] To a stirred solution of 53 (0.096 g, 0.47 mmol) in DMF (2
mL) was added solid KOH (85%, 0.112 g, 1.69 mmol). After 20 min
iodine (0.132 g, 0.52 mmol) was added in one portion. After
stirring for 1 hour the mixture was cooled with ice-water bath, and
water (10 mL) followed by saturated aqueous Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3
solution (2 mL) were added. The precipitate was filtered off,
washed with water and dried to afford 54 (0.102 g, 66%) as a brown
solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 3.11-3.15 (m, 4H),
3.85-3.89 (m, 4H), 7.19 (d, J=0.26 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=0.24 Hz,
1H), 8.08 (d, J=0.26 Hz, 1H), 9.81 (bs, 1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-5-morpholin-4-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(55)
##STR00220##
[0343] Tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate (0.020 g, 0.059 mmol),
benzenesulfonyl chloride (0.055 mL, 0.43 mmol) and 50% aqueous NaOH
solution (0.20 mL) were added to a solution of 54 (0.095 g, 0.29
mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3 mL). After stirring for 2 hours, the
mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 solution and
extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 three times. The combined organic
solutions were washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 solution,
dried (MgSO.sub.4), and concentrated to afford a tan syrup. MeOH
was added to the syrup and the mixture was cooled in an ice bath.
The precipitate was filtered off, washed with MeOH and dried to
afford 55 (0.088 g) as a brown solid. The filtrate was concentrated
and purified by means of preparative TLC with hexane:AcOEt as
eluent to afford additional 55 (0.016 g, total yield: 0.104 g, 77%)
as a brown solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
3.08-3.12 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.84 (m, 4H), 7.00 (d, J=0.26 Hz, 1H),
7.38-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 8.08-8.11 (m,
2H), 8.12 (d, J=0.26 Hz, 1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-morpholin-4-yl-3-(trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2-
,3-b]pyridine (56)
##STR00221##
[0345] A mixture of iodide 55 (0.083 g, 0.18 mmol),
(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)boronic acid (0.094 g, 0.27 mmol),
PdCl.sub.2(PPh.sub.3).sub.2 (0.012 g, 0.017 mmol), LiCl (0.022 g,
0.52 mmol) and 1.0 M aqueous Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 solution (0.442 mL,
0.442 mol) in EtOH (2 mL)-toluene (2 mL) was stirred at 105.degree.
C. for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled and the organic layer was
poured into water and extracted with AcOEt. The organic extract was
washed with brine, dried (MgSO.sub.4), and concentrated to afford a
syrup. The syrup was purified by means of preparative TLC with
hexane:AcOEt as eluent to afford 56 (0.093 g, 81%) as a tan syrup.
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 2.97-3.02 (m, 4H),
3.77-3.82 (m, 4H), 7.11-7.16 (m, 6H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 8H), 7.35-7.40
(m, 2H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=0.08 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H),
7.86 (d, J=0.08 Hz, 1H), 8.06-8.09 (m, 2H), 8.13 (d, J=0.26 Hz,
1H).
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-morpholin-4-yl-3-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]py-
ridine (57)
##STR00222##
[0347] Triisopropylsilane (0.058 mL, 0.28 mmol), trifluoroacetic
acid (TFA, 0.2 mL) and water (0.02 mL) were added to a solution of
56 (0.093 g, 0.14 mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2 mL). After stirring
for 15 minutes, the pH of the mixture was adjusted to pH 7-8 with
saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 and product was extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 twice. The combined organic solutions was dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated to afford a tan syrup. Hexane:AcOEt
(1:1) solution of was added to the syrup and the mixture was cooled
with ice-water bath. The precipitate was filtered off, washed with
hexane and dried to afford 57 (0.037 g, 63%) as a brown solid.
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 3.06-3.10 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.84 (m,
4H), 7.34 (d, J=0.27 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.53 (m, 1H),
7.68 (s, 1H), 7.79 (bs, 1H), 8.09-8.13 (m, 2H), 8.18 (d, J=0.27 Hz,
1H).
5-Morpholin-4-yl-3-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(58)
##STR00223##
[0349] A mixture of 57 (0.031 g, 0.076 mmol) and 10% aqueous NaOH
solution (1 mL) in EtOH (2 mL) was stirred at 90.degree. C. for 1
hour. The mixture was cooled and evaporated to afford a tan syrup.
The syrup was dissolved with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and the solution was
washed with brine. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The combined extracts were dried (MgSO.sub.4) and
concentrated to afford a syrup, which was purified by means of
preparative TLC with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2:MeOH as eluent to afford 58
(0.016 g, 78%) as a pale brown solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CD.sub.3OD) .delta. 3.13-3.17 (m, 4H), 3.85-3.89 (m, 4H), 7.51 (s,
1H), 7.74 (d, J=0.26 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (bs, 2H), 8.06 (d, J=0.26 Hz,
1H).
Synthesis of Example 3,5-Disubstituted 7-Azaindole Derivative
62
##STR00224##
[0350]
Dimethyl-[4-[1-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]py-
ridine-5-yl]phenyl]amine (59)
##STR00225##
[0352] Sodium hydride (60% suspension in oil; 0.253 g, 6.33 mmol)
was added to a stirred solution of 1 (1.00 g, 4.21 mmol) in DMF (10
mL). After stirring for 30 min, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl
chloride (1.12 mL, 6.32 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred
for 5 hours, poured into brine and extracted with AcOEt. The
organic extracts was washed twice with brine, dried (MgSO.sub.4),
and concentrated. The residue was purified by means of SGC with
hexane:AcOEt as eluent to afford 59 (1.30 g, 84%) as a white solid.
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 0.00 (s, 9H), 0.95-1.02
(m, 2H), 3.07 (s, 6H), 3.59-3.67 (m, 2H), 5.75 (s, 2H), 6.59 (d,
J=0.36 Hz, 1H), 6.88-6.93 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=0.36 Hz, 1H),
7.56-7.61 (m, 2H), 8.09 (d, J=0.21 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=0.21 Hz,
1H).
[4-[3-Bromo-1-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-
-yl]phenyl]dimethylamine (60)
##STR00226##
[0354] Pyridine (0.180 mL, 2.23 mmol) and pyridinium tribromide
(0.832 g, 2.34 mmol) were added to a stirred and cooled
(-70.degree. C.) solution of 59 (0.820 g, 2.23 mmol) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at -70.degree. C.
for 30 min., poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 solution and
extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The organic extract was washed
with brine, dried (MgSO.sub.4), and concentrated. The residue was
purified by means of SGC with hexane:AcOEt as eluent to afford 60
(0.700 g, 70%) as a pale yellow solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 0.00 (s, 9H), 0.94-1.01 (m, 2H), 3.07 (s, 6H),
3.58-3.64 (m, 2H), 5.71 (s, 2H), 6.88-6.93 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, 1H),
7.56-7.62 (m, 2H), 8.01 (d, J=0.21 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=0.21 Hz,
1H).
Dimethyl-[4-[3-morpholin-4-yl-1-(2-trimethylsilanylethoxymethyl)-1H-pyrrol-
o[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl]phenyl]amine (61)
##STR00227##
[0356] A mixture of 60 (0.055 g, 0.12 mmol), morpholine (0.021 mL,
0.24 mmol), tri-potassium phosphate monohydrate (0.057 g, 0.25
mmol), and copper (powder) (0.00078 g, 0.012 mmol) in
N,N-dimethylethanolamine (1 mL) was heated at 120.degree. C. for 2
days. The mixture was cooled and poured into brine and extracted
with AcOEt. The organic layer was washed with brine twice, dried
(MgSO.sub.4), concentrated, and purified by means of preparative
TLC with hexane:AcOEt as eluent to afford 61 (0.0096 g, 17%) as a
tan syrup. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 0.00 (s, 9H),
0.88-0.95 (m, 2H), 3.01 (s, 6H), 3.07-3.14 (m, 4H), 3.51-3.57 (m,
2H), 3.91-3.97 (m, 4H), 5.63 (s, 2H), 6.82-6.88 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.53
(m, 2H), 8.00 (d, J=0.21 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (d, J=0.21 Hz, 1H).
Dimethyl-[4-(3-morpholin-4-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-yl)phenyl]amine
(62)
##STR00228##
[0358] A mixture of 61 (0.017 g, 0.038 mmol), 10% hydrochloric acid
(1 mL), and ethanol (1 mL) was heated at 80.degree. C. for 30
minutes. The mixture was cooled and poured into saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 solution and extracted with AcOEt. The organic extract
was dried (MgSO.sub.4), concentrated and purified by means of
preparative TLC with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2:methanol as eluent to afford
62 (0.0047 g, 39%) as a tan solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 2.94 (s, 6H), 3.02-3.06 (m, 4H), 3.86-3.90 (m,
4H), 6.75-6.81 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.97 (d, J=0.21 Hz, 1H),
8.44 (d, J=0.21 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (bs, 1H).
Synthesis of 2,3,5-trisubstuted azaindole 63
2-Methyl-5-(2-phenoxy-phenyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
(63)
##STR00229##
[0360] To a stirred and cooled (-78.degree. C.) solution of the
azaindole 28 (80 mg, 0.16 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) was added a 1.5 M
solution of tert-butyllithium in pentane (0.13 mL, 0.19 mmol)
dropwise. After 0.6 h, methyl iodide (0.10 mL, 1.61 mmol) was added
dropwise and the reaction mixture allowed to slowly warm to room
temperature. Following a further 22.5 h the mixture was diluted
with EtOAc and saturated NaHCO.sub.3 solution and partitioned. The
aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (3.times.). The combined
organic extracts were dried (MgSO.sub.4), filtered and
concentrated. The product was purified by PTLC using
hexanes-EtOAc=4:1 as eluent to afford the desired azaindole 63 (4.4
mg, 7.3%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz; CDC.sub.3)3.94 (s, 3H), 6.93-6.96
(m, 2H), 7.01-7.05 (m, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J=1.3 and 8.1 Hz, 1H),
7.22-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.50-7.54 (m, 3H), 8.35 (d,
J=2.0 Hz, 1H) and 8.57 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H). MS (CI) m/z 377
(MH.sup.+).
Biological Activity
JNK1, JNK2, JNK3-SPA Assay
[0361] 1. Compound is dissolved in DMSO to a convenient
concentration and this is diluted in 10% DMSO to a five times
concentrate of the desired starting concentration (frequently
1:100). [0362] 2. 10 .mu.l of 500 mM EDTA is added to alternative
wells of the Opti-plate row, which will receive kinase reaction
plus DMSO. This creates the negative control. [0363] 3. For the
JNK2 and JNK3 assay, compounds are prepared in six 2-fold dilutions
with water and each concentration is tested in duplicate. For the
JNK1 assay compounds are prepared in four 5-fold dilutions with
water which are tested in triplicate. Controls are treated
identically. [0364] 4. 20 .mu.l per well of each compound
concentration is transferred to an Opti-plate, in duplicate. [0365]
5. 30 .mu.l (JNK2/3 SPA) or 50 .mu.l (JNK1 SPA) of substrate
solution (25 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 10 mM magnesium acetate with 3.33
.mu.M ATP (JNK2/3) or 2 .mu.M ATP (JNK1), approximately 7.5 kBq
[.gamma.-.sup.33P] ATP, GST-c-Jun, in water) is added to each well.
[0366] 6. 50 .mu.l (JNK2/3 SPA) or 30 .mu.l (JNK1 SPA) of kinase
solution (JNK in 25 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 10 mM Mg Acetate) is added to
each well.
TABLE-US-00001 [0366] Kinase Kinase per well (.mu.g) GST-c-Jun per
well (.mu.g) JNK1 0.25 1 JNK2 0.2 1.2 JNK3 0.16 1.2
[0367] 7. The plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room
temperature. [0368] 8. 100 .mu.l of bead/stop solution is added to
each well (5 mg/ml glutathione-PVT-SPA beads, 40 mM ATP in PBS).
[0369] 9. Plates are sealed and incubated for 30 minutes at room
temperature, centrifuged for 10 minutes at 2500 g and counted.
[0370] 10. The IC.sub.50 values are calculated as the concentration
of the compound being tested at which the phosphorylation of c-Jun
is decreased to 50% of the control value. Example IC.sub.50 values
for the compounds of this invention are given in Table 1.
p38 ELISA
[0371] Active p38 kinase (100 ng; Upstate) was added to 2 .mu.g
GST-ATF2 substrate (NEB) in 250 mM Hepes pH 7.5/100 mM MgAc/50
.mu.M ATP (final) in the presence or absence of compounds in 50
.mu.l. The mixture was incubated at 30.degree. C. for 1 hour, and
then diluted with 200 .mu.l PBS-Tween (0.05%). From this, duplicate
volumes of 100 pt were added to a Reacti-Bind glutathione coated
plate (Pierce) and incubated for 1 hour. After washing 3 times with
PBS-Tween (0.05%), rabbit anti-phospho-ATF2 (Thr71) antibody (NEB)
was added at 1:500, and incubated for another hour at room
temperature. After 3 additional washes with PBS-Tween (0.05%), 100
pt of anti-rabbit IgG alkaline phosphatase-conjugated secondary
antibody (Sigma) was added at 1:1000, the reaction was incubated
for a further hour, washed 3 times, and then phosphatase substrate
(Sigma) was added (100 .mu.l per well; 3 tablets in 5 ml water).
After incubation in the dark at 37.degree. C. for 1 hour, the
reaction mixture was transferred to a clear 96 well plate, and the
absorbance at 405 nm was read. The IC.sub.50 values are calculated
as the concentration of the compound being tested at which the
phosphorylation of ATF2 is decreased to 50% of the control value.
Example IC.sub.50 values for the compounds of this invention are
given in Table 1 (last column).
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 1 IC.sub.50 values for selected compounds
against JNK1, JNK2, JNK3, and p38 MAP kinase JNK3 JNK2 JNK1 p38
Compound IC.sub.50 (nM) IC.sub.50 (nM) IC.sub.50 (nM) IC.sub.50
(nM) ##STR00230## <500 <500 <500 >10,000 ##STR00231##
<500 <500 <500 >10,000 ##STR00232## <500
##STR00233## <500 <500 <500 >10,000 ##STR00234##
<500 ##STR00235## <500
* * * * *